diff options
73 files changed, 16540 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN.po b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6ffa3fd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN.po @@ -0,0 +1,9413 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package. +# +# Translators: +# 7rack <vimxiang@gmail.com>, 2014 +# 7rack <vimxiang@gmail.com>, 2014 +# xiao wenming <xwm-citcc5@hotmail.com>, 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-02-26 22:38+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-07 15:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: zwpwjwtz <zwpwjwtz@126.com>\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (http://www.transifex.com/MageiaLinux/mageia/" +"language/zh_CN/)\n" +"Language: zh_CN\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11 +msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories" +msgstr "访问 WebDAV 共享的驱动器和目录" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14 +msgid "diskdrake --dav" +msgstr "diskdrake --dav" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19 +msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</" +"emphasis> 启动该工具。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " +"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " +"WebDAV shares</guilabel>." +msgstr "" +"这个工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> 在 Mageia Control Center " +"的 Network Sharing 选项卡下，标记为 <guilabel>配置 WebDAV 分享</guilabel>。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 +#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 +#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27 +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "简介" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32 +msgid "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a " +"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it " +"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a " +"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV " +"server." +msgstr "" +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> 是一个" +"允许在本地挂载 web 服务目录，使它表现为本地目录。远程机器运行一个 WebDAV 服务" +"是必须的。配置 WebDAV 服务这不是本工具的目的。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 +msgid "Creating a new entry" +msgstr "创建新条目" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42 +msgid "" +"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " +"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " +"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." +msgstr "" +"如果有的话，该工具的第一屏显示已经配置的条目，和 <guibutton>新建</guibutton> " +"按钮。用它创建新条目。在新界面插入服务器的 URL。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue " +"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking " +"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the " +"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct " +"it, if needed." +msgstr "" +"然后进入带有单选框的界面，选择一些操作。选择 <guibutton>挂载点</guibutton> 选" +"项，点击 <guibutton>OK</guibutton> 按钮，需 <guibutton>Server</guibutton>已经" +"配置，如果需要你也可以更正它。" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 +msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58 +msgid "" +"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount " +"point." +msgstr "远程目录将可通过该挂载点访问。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61 +msgid "" +"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other " +"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." +msgstr "" +"下一步中，提供你的用户名和密码。如果你需要其他选项，可以在 " +"<guibutton>advanced</guibutton> 界面添加。" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 +msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71 +msgid "" +"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the " +"access." +msgstr "<guibutton>Mount</guibutton> 选项允许你挂载立即访问。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 +msgid "" +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." +msgstr "" +"在接受配置，选择 <guibutton>Done</guibutton> 后，首界面再次出现，新建的挂载点" +"会列出。在选择 <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> 后，会要求选择是否保存修改 到 " +"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>。如果想每次重新启动该远程目录可用，选择该选" +"项。如果你的配置是一次性使用，就不用保存。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 +msgid "Share your hard disk partitions" +msgstr "共享硬盘分区" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6 +msgid "diskdrake --fileshare" +msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11 +msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"你可以从命令行启动该工具，以 root 用户输入<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake " +"--fileshare</emphasis> 。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the " +"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home " +"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " +"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." +msgstr "" +"这个简单的工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> 允许你，即管理员，让" +"用户与局域网运行 Linux 或者 Windows 操作系统的其他用户共享他们的 /home 子目" +"录。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 +msgid "" +"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled " +"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." +msgstr "" +"在 Mageia Control Center 可以发现，本地磁盘标签下，带有共享你的磁盘分区的标" +"志。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 +msgid "" +"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to " +"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No " +"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on " +"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on " +"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for " +"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their " +"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically " +"created by the system. You will be asked about this later." +msgstr "" +"首先，请确定：“<guilabel>您是否希望用户共享他们的目录？</guilabel>”，若不希望" +"所有用户都能共享，请点击<guibutton>不共享</guibutton>；如果允许所有用户开启共" +"享功能，请点击<guibutton>允许所有用户</guibutton；如果要为部分用户开启共享功" +"能，请点击<guibutton>自定义</guibutton>。在自定义的情况下，必须将允许使用共享" +"功能的用户添加到 fileshare 组，该组由系统自动创建。您稍后需要对此进行设置。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 +msgid "" +"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you " +"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. " +"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on " +"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both " +"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any " +"required packages will be installed if necessary." +msgstr "" +"点击<guilabel>确定</guilabel>后，会出现第二个对话框以询问您需要使用" +"<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> 还是 <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>类型的共享网络。如" +"果共享网络中只有 Linux 操作系统，请点击<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>；如果既有 " +"Linux 又有 Windows 系统，请点击<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>。之后，请点击" +"<guilabel>确定</guilabel>，系统将会安装所需的软件包。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 +msgid "" +"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen. In " +"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows " +"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare " +"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, " +"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the " +"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information " +"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" +msgstr "" +"如果您没有使用自定义功能，那么到此为止配置已经完成了，系统将会弹出另一个对话" +"框来提示您启动 Userdrake。该工具允许您指定可以哦嗯下目录的用户至 fileshare " +"组：在用户选项卡中，先点击要添加到 fileshare 组的用户，然后点击用户组选项卡中" +"的<guimenuitem>编辑</guimenuitem>，勾选 fileshare 组并点击<guibutton>确定</" +"guibutton>。有关 Userdrake 的更多信息，请见<link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">" +"此页</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50 +msgid "" +"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and " +"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account." +msgstr "当添加新用户至 fileshare 组后时，您需要重新连接网络以使更高生效。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55 +msgid "" +"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her " +"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers " +"have this facility." +msgstr "" +"之后，所有属于 fileshare 组的用户都可以在文件管理器中选择需要共享的文件夹。该" +"功能仅被部分文件管理器支持。" + +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1 +#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "英语" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3 +msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories" +msgstr "访问 NFS 共享的驱动器和目录" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6 +msgid "diskdrake --nfs" +msgstr "diskdrake --nfs" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11 +msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17 +msgid "." +msgstr "。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis>。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " +"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " +"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " +"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" +"此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>允许您定义可以被系统中其他用户" +"访问的共享文件夹。大多数 Linux 或 Unix 系统均支持此 NFS 网络协议。共享文件夹" +"在系统启动后即可访问，也可以在单一会话中通过文件管理器来访问。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38 +msgid "Procedure" +msgstr "步骤" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers " +"which share directories." +msgstr "选择<guibutton>搜索服务器</guibutton>来获取含有共享文件夹的服务器。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the " +"shared directories and select the directory you want to access." +msgstr "点击服务器前的 > 标记来显示和选择要访问的共享文件夹。" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 +msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51 +msgid "" +"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have " +"to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "<guibutton>挂载点</guibutton>用于将该共享文件夹挂载到指定目录。" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 +msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60 +msgid "" +"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and " +"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After " +"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." +msgstr "" +"在选择了挂载点之后，您就可以将其挂载并访问了。您也可以点击<guibutton>选项</" +"guibutton>按钮来检查和更改设置。在挂载目录之后，再次点击挂载按钮可以将此目录" +"卸载。" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 +msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73 +msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 +msgid "" +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." +msgstr "" +"在点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮之后，系统将会提示“您是否希望将更改保存" +"到 /etc/fstab”。如果选择保存，那么下次启动后如果网络链接可用，系统将会自动挂" +"载该目录到指定位置。您可以在文件管理器，如 Dolphin 中访问该目录。" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85 +msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3 +msgid "CD/DVD burner" +msgstr "CD/DVD 刻录机" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5 +msgid "diskdrake --removable" +msgstr "diskdrake --removable" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10 +msgid "diskdrake--removable.png" +msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"你可以从命令行启动该工具，以 root 用户输入<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake " +"--removable</emphasis> 。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab " +"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your " +"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)." +msgstr "" +"如果您插入了可移动存储介质（CD/DVD 播放机和刻录机、软盘），则可以在 Mageia 控" +"制中心中的本地磁盘选项卡中找到此工具<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20 +msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted." +msgstr "它用于设定您的可移动存储介质的挂载方式。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22 +msgid "" +"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and " +"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " +"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" +"窗口上方显示了您的硬件的简短描述和挂载选项，您可以用底部的菜单来更改它们：先" +"点击要更改的项目，然后点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>按钮。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28 +msgid "Mount point" +msgstr "挂载点" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom." +msgstr "选中这个复选框改变挂载点。默认是 /media/cdrom。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "选项" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:" +msgstr "" +"多数挂载选项可以直接从列表中选择，或者在<guilabel>高级</guilabel>子菜单中选" +"择。主要选项包括：" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45 +msgid "user/nouser" +msgstr "用户模式/无用户模式" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47 +msgid "" +"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this " +"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is " +"the only one who can umount it." +msgstr "" +"用户模式下，普通用户（非 root）可以挂载可移动磁盘，挂载选项包括 noexec、" +"nosuid 和 nodev。只有挂载该磁盘的用户可以卸载该磁盘。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11 +msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories" +msgstr "访问 Windows (SMB) 共享的驱动器和目录" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14 +msgid "diskdrake --smb" +msgstr "diskdrake --smb" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" +"你可以从命令行启动该工具，通过以 root 用户输入 <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> 。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " +"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " +"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) " +"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared " +"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with " +"tools such as file browsers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of " +"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" +"运行工具以前，声明可用服务器的名字是个好主意，如<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40 +msgid "" +"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who " +"share directories." +msgstr "选择 <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> 获得共享目录的服务器列表。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43 +msgid "" +"Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the " +"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47 +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you " +"have to specify where to mount the directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52 +msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56 +msgid "" +"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount " +"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the " +"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60 +msgid "" +"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to " +"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it " +"with the same button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66 +msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72 +msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76 +msgid "" +"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " +"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " +"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84 +msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drak3d.xml:3 +msgid "3D Desktop Effects" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drak3d.xml:5 +msgid "drak3d" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drak3d.xml:10 +msgid "drak3d.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:18 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:17 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D " +"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drak3d.xml:25 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:27 +msgid "" +"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the " +"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can " +"start." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:31 +msgid "" +"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " +"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:38 +msgid "" +"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " +"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drak3d.xml:45 +msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz " +"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in " +"for the changes to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:53 +msgid "" +"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz " +"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drak3d.xml:59 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "疑难解答" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/drak3d.xml:62 +msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:64 +msgid "" +"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop " +"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in " +"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drak3d.xml:71 +msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/drak3d.xml:75 +msgid "" +"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be " +"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login " +"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the " +"log in problem." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakauth.xml:9 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "认证" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakauth.xml:11 +msgid "drakauth" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakauth.xml:16 +msgid "drakauth.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakauth.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakauth.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the " +"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakauth.xml:25 +msgid "" +"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your " +"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so " +"and give information about that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakautologin.xml:3 +msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in" +msgstr "设置自动登录以便以特定用户的身份自动登录" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakautologin.xml:6 +msgid "drakautologin" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakautologin.xml:11 +msgid "drakautologin.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakautologin.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakautologin.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to " +"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without " +"asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good " +"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakautologin.xml:22 +msgid "" +"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the " +"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakautologin.xml:26 +msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakautologin.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the " +"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakautologin.xml:34 +msgid "" +"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either " +"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to " +"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check " +"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if " +"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default " +"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakboot.xml:3 +msgid "Set up boot system" +msgstr "设置启动系统" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakboot.xml:5 +msgid "drakboot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot.xml:10 +msgid "drakboot--boot.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is " +"slightly different as you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down " +"list) since only one is available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot.xml:20 +msgid "drakboot--boot2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:25 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " +"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default " +"boot, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:29 +msgid "" +"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up " +"boot system\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing " +"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:38 +msgid "" +"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if " +"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, " +"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question " +"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the " +"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you " +"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any " +"modification can prevent your machine from booting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:46 +msgid "" +"In UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is " +"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common " +"to all operating systems installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:50 +msgid "" +"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " +"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " +"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the " +"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:57 +msgid "" +"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is " +"possible to set a password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:60 +msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:63 +msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:65 +msgid "" +"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the " +"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was " +"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI " +"compatible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:70 +msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:72 +msgid "" +"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for " +"multicore processors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:76 +msgid "" +"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual " +"processor and enable SMP." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:80 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:83 +msgid "" +"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two " +"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O " +"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses " +"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful " +"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC " +"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message " +"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local " +"APIC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot.xml:94 +msgid "drakboot1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:98 +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on whether you have " +"an <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis> or <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis> system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:104 +msgid "You have a <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis> system:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:106 +msgid "" +"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot " +"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu " +"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item. If you " +"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> " +"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or " +"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be " +"able to use these tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot.xml:116 +msgid "drakboot2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:120 +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want " +"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For " +"example: Mageia3." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:124 +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches " +"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:127 +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the " +"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:131 en/drakboot.xml:156 +msgid "" +"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to " +"the kernel at boot time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:134 +msgid "" +"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this " +"entry by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:137 +msgid "" +"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> " +"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend=" +"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:145 +msgid "You have a <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis> system:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:147 +msgid "" +"In this case, the drop-down list displays all the available entries; click " +"on the one wanted as the default one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot.xml:152 +msgid "drakboot3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:159 +msgid "" +"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to " +"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakboot.xml:162 +msgid "" +"To set many other parameters, you can use <emphasis>Grub Customizer</" +"emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakboot.xml:168 +msgid "drakboot4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11 +msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12 +msgid "drakbug_report" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " +"used on the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20 +msgid "" +"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by " +"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, " +"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be " +"several GBs large." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24 +msgid "" +"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing " +"the unneeded parts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26 +msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29 +msgid "lspci" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30 +msgid "pci_devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31 +msgid "dmidecode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32 +msgid "fdisk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33 +msgid "scsi" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34 +msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35 +msgid "lsmod" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36 +msgid "cmdline" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37 +msgid "pcmcia: stab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38 +msgid "usb" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39 +msgid "partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40 +msgid "cpuinfo" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41 +msgid "syslog" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42 +msgid "Xorg.log" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43 +msgid "monitor_full_edid" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44 +msgid "stage1.log" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45 +msgid "ddebug.log" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46 +msgid "install.log" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47 +msgid "fstab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48 +msgid "modprobe.conf" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49 +msgid "lilo.conf" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50 +msgid "grub: menu.lst" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51 +msgid "grub: install.sh" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52 +msgid "grub: device.map" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53 +msgid "xorg.conf" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54 +msgid "urpmi.cfg" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55 +msgid "modprobe.preload" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56 +msgid "sysconfig/i18n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57 +msgid "/proc/iomem" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58 +msgid "/proc/ioport" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59 +msgid "mageia version" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60 +msgid "rpm -qa" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61 +msgid "df" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65 +msgid "" +"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " +"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " +"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakbug.xml:9 +msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakbug.xml:9 +msgid "drakbug" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakbug.xml:15 +msgid "drakbug.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakbug.xml:19 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakbug.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts " +"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, " +"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of " +"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakbug.xml:21 +msgid "" +"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakbug.xml:23 +msgid "" +"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message " +"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to " +"that existing report that you saw the bug, too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakclock.xml:3 +msgid "Manage date and time" +msgstr "管理日期和时间" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakclock.xml:5 +msgid "drakclock" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakclock.xml:10 +msgid "drakclock.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:21 +msgid "It's a very simple tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:23 +msgid "" +"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " +"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:29 +msgid "" +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:34 +msgid "" +"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's " +"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, " +"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows " +"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see " +"your desktop environment settings for that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:40 +msgid "" +"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the " +"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the " +"nearest town." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakclock.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they " +"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 +msgid "Remove a connection" +msgstr "移除连接" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3 +msgid "drakconnect --del" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8 +msgid "drakconnect--del.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 +msgid "" +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14 +msgid "" +"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then " +"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted " +"successfully." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:3 +msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)" +msgstr "设置新的网络连接(局域网、ISDN、ADSL 拨号……)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:6 +msgid "drakconnect" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:11 +msgid "drakconnect.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:19 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:18 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much " +"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from " +"your access provider or your network administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware " +"and provider you have." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:30 +msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162 +msgid "" +"The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one " +"to configure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167 +msgid "" +"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557 +msgid "Automatic IP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:48 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:62 +msgid "drakconnect5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572 +msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576 +msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581 +msgid "the DHCP client" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585 +msgid "DHCP timeout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222 +msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594 +msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 +msgid "" +"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " +"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " +"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241 +msgid "" +"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection " +"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615 +msgid "Manual configuration" +msgstr "手工配置" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:115 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS " +"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no " +"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " +"attributed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 +msgid "" +"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:126 +msgid "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:136 +msgid "drakconnect30.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:780 +msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:150 +msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 +msgid "" +"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:158 +msgid "A new Cable modem connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:172 +msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:176 +msgid "None" +msgstr "无" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:180 +msgid "" +"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name " +"and password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:191 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers " +"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " +"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. " +"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " +"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers " +"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address " +"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:252 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers " +"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME " +"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is " +"attributed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:263 +msgid "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:273 +msgid "drakconnect32.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:287 +msgid "A new DSL connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:291 +msgid "" +"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to " +"configure it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 +msgid "" +"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380 +msgid "Select one of the protocols available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:307 +msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)" +msgstr "动态主机配置协议(DHCP)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:311 +msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration" +msgstr "手工配置 TCP/IP" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:315 +msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:319 +msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)" +msgstr "以太网上的点对点协议(PPPoE)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:323 +msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)" +msgstr "点对点隧道协议(PPTP)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:329 +msgid "Access settings" +msgstr "访问设置" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678 +msgid "Account Login (user name)" +msgstr "账户登录(用户名)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682 +msgid "Account password" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:341 +msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:345 +msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:357 +msgid "A new ISDN connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706 +msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:365 +msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:369 +msgid "External ISDN modem" +msgstr "外置 ISDN 调制解调器" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:375 +msgid "" +"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " +"Select your card." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:384 +msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:389 +msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:395 +msgid "" +"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:402 +msgid "Connection name" +msgstr "连接名称" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:406 +msgid "Phone number" +msgstr "电话号码" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:410 +msgid "Login ID" +msgstr "登录 ID" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:418 +msgid "Authentication method" +msgstr "身份验证方式" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:424 +msgid "" +"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or " +"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:430 +msgid "" +"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by " +"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to " +"put:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:436 +msgid "Domain name" +msgstr "域名" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:440 +msgid "First and second DNS Server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:444 +msgid "" +"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you " +"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:452 +msgid "" +"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic " +"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the " +"IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:464 +msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:468 +msgid "" +"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for " +"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper " +"only if the other configuration methods did not work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:475 +msgid "" +"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that " +"the card has detected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:480 +msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:484 +msgid "drakconnect31.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:490 +msgid "Operating mode:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:494 +msgid "Managed" +msgstr "受控的" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:497 +msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:503 +msgid "Ad-Hoc" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:506 +msgid "To configure direct connection between computers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:514 +msgid "Network Name (ESSID)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:518 +msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:523 +msgid "WPA/WPA2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:526 +msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:532 +msgid "WEP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:535 +msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:543 +msgid "Encryption key" +msgstr "加密密钥" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:545 +msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:552 +msgid "" +"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a " +"manual IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:561 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " +"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. " +"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of " +"the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name " +"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " +"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " +"DHCP server</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:589 +msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:608 +msgid "" +"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all " +"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:619 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The " +"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, " +"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:625 +msgid "" +"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:630 +msgid "" +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:644 +msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:648 +msgid "" +"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to " +"configure it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:653 +msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:658 +msgid "" +"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option " +"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:670 +msgid "Provide access settings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:674 +msgid "Access Point Name" +msgstr "访问点名称" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:694 +msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:702 +msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:710 +msgid "Manual choice" +msgstr "手动选择" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:714 +msgid "Detected hardware, if any." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:720 +msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:724 +msgid "" +"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package " +"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:729 +msgid "" +"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:736 +msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:740 +msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:744 +msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:748 +msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:752 +msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:756 +msgid "PAP/CHAP" +msgstr "PAP/CHAP" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:760 +msgid "Script-based" +msgstr "基于脚本登录" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:764 +msgid "PAP" +msgstr "PAP" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:768 +msgid "Terminal-based" +msgstr "基于终端" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:772 +msgid "CHAP" +msgstr "CHAP" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:786 +msgid "Ending the configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:788 +msgid "In the next step, you can specify:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:792 +msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:796 +msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:800 +msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:804 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:809 +msgid "" +"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow " +"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch " +"automatically between access point according to the signal strength." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:816 +msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:820 +msgid "Metric (10 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:824 +msgid "MTU" +msgstr "MTU" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:828 +msgid "Network Hotplugging" +msgstr "网络热插拔" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:832 +msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel" +msgstr "启用 IPv6 到 IPv4 的隧道" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:836 +msgid "" +"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start " +"immediately or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconnect.xml:841 +msgid "drakconnect9.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakconsole.xml:3 +msgid "Open a console as administrator" +msgstr "以管理员身份打开控制台" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakconsole.xml:5 +msgid "drakconsole" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakconsole.xml:10 +msgid "drakconsole.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakconsole.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakconsole.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a " +"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more " +"information about that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:5 +msgid "Manage disk partitions" +msgstr "管理磁盘分区" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:7 +msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:12 +msgid "drakdiskBackup.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:18 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:17 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " +"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " +"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you " +"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:32 +msgid "drakdisk.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:36 +msgid "" +"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " +"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " +"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI " +"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it " +"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:52 +msgid "" +"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot " +"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition " +"must be unmounted first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:56 +msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:58 +msgid "" +"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to " +"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button " +"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part " +"is selected" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:63 +msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:68 +msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:72 +msgid "" +"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> " +"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be " +"seen in the screenshot below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakdisk.xml:78 +msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakedm.xml:5 +msgid "Set up display manager" +msgstr "设置显示管理器" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakedm.xml:7 +msgid "drakedm" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakedm.xml:12 +msgid "drakedm.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakedm.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakedm.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display " +"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available " +"on your system will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakedm.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " +"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " +"lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3 +msgid "Set up your personal firewall" +msgstr "设置个人防火墙" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5 +msgid "drakfirewall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10 +msgid "drakfirewall.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal " +"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system " +"security, permissions and audit\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20 +msgid "" +"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming " +"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the " +"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection " +"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - " +"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable " +"the firewall, and only check the needed services." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27 +msgid "" +"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field " +"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these " +"examples :" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32 +msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34 +msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37 +msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39 +msgid "" +"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is " +"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44 +msgid "drakfirewall2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) " +"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even " +"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature " +"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box " +"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second " +"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure " +"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards " +"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot " +"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be " +"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64 +msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69 +msgid "drakfirewall3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75 +msgid "drakfirewall4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79 +msgid "" +"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the " +"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary " +"packages are downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84 +msgid "" +"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & " +"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakfont.xml:3 +msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts" +msgstr "管理、添加及删除字体。导入 Windows™ 字体" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakfont.xml:6 +msgid "drakfont" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakfont.xml:11 +msgid "drakfont.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It " +"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen " +"above shows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:22 +msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:26 +msgid "a preview of the selected font." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:30 +msgid "some buttons explained here later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:36 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:38 +msgid "" +"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You " +"must have Microsoft Windows installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:41 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:43 +msgid "" +"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able " +"to use the fonts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:46 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:48 +msgid "" +"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be " +"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the " +"documents that use them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:52 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " +"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakfont.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont " +"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakguard.xml:3 +msgid "Parental Controls" +msgstr "家长控制" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakguard.xml:5 +msgid "drakguard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakguard.xml:10 +msgid "drakguard.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 +msgid "Presentation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to " +"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three " +"useful capabilities:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:29 +msgid "" +"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by " +"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:35 +msgid "" +"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can " +"only execute what you accept them to execute." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakguard.xml:49 +msgid "Configuring Parental controls" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:52 +msgid "" +"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, " +"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on " +"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel " +"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named " +"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by " +"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this " +"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will " +"then suggest you reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:61 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental " +"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab " +"is opened." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:65 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the " +"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all " +"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:69 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have " +"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the " +"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are " +"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an " +"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to " +"remove him/her from the allowed users." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:77 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed " +"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and " +"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/drakguard.xml:83 +msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/drakguard.xml:90 +msgid "Block Programs Tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:92 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to " +"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the " +"applications you wish to block." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/drakguard.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand " +"side will not be subject to acl blocking." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakgw.xml:9 +msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines" +msgstr "与其它计算机共享网络连接" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakgw.xml:12 +msgid "drakgw" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakgw.xml:17 +msgid "drakgw.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakgw.xml:25 +msgid "Principles" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakgw.xml:29 +msgid "../drakgw-net.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:27 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a " +"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local " +"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to " +"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the " +"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card " +"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to " +"the Internet (2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:39 +msgid "" +"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are " +"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakgw.xml:45 +msgid "Gateway wizard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:48 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:47 +msgid "" +"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps " +"which are shown below:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:54 +msgid "" +"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this " +"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:60 +msgid "" +"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard " +"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that " +"what is proposed is correct." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:66 +msgid "" +"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes " +"one, check that this is correct." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:71 +msgid "" +"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask " +"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual " +"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:78 +msgid "" +"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard " +"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to " +"specify the address of a DNS server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:84 +msgid "" +"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard " +"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure " +"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:91 +msgid "" +"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard " +"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, " +"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the " +"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:99 +msgid "" +"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to " +"printers and to share them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:104 +msgid "" +"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakgw.xml:109 +msgid "Configure the client" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:111 +msgid "" +"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to " +"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address " +"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting " +"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is " +"using." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:117 +msgid "" +"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular " +"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the " +"gateway." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakgw.xml:123 +msgid "Stop connection sharing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakgw.xml:125 +msgid "" +"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:3 +msgid "Hosts definitions" +msgstr "主机定义" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:5 +msgid "drakhosts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:10 +msgid "drakhosts.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-" +"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " +"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " +"instead of the IP-address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:20 +msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:22 +msgid "" +"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window " +"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an " +"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:27 +msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakhosts.xml:29 +msgid "" +"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the " +"same window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 +msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall" +msgstr "网口和防火墙高级设置" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3 +msgid "drakinvictus" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8 +msgid "drakinvictus.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12 +#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 +msgid "" +"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10 +msgid "Network Center" +msgstr "网络中心" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12 +msgid "draknetcenter" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17 +msgid "draknetcenter.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"Network & Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network " +"Center\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31 +msgid "" +"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks " +"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, " +"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending " +"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its " +"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a " +"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, " +"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43 +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47 +msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52 +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56 +msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39 +msgid "" +"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the " +"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " +"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 +msgid "" +"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72 +msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76 +msgid "draknetcenter1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84 +msgid "The Monitor button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88 +msgid "draknetcenter4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92 +msgid "" +"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the " +"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is " +"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray " +"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97 +msgid "" +"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the " +"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which " +"gives details about connection status." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108 +msgid "The Configure button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114 +msgid "draknetcenter2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118 +msgid "" +"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " +"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " +"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " +"configuration may give better results." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123 +msgid "" +"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks " +"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the " +"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are " +"available from your providers website." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count " +"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in " +"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may " +"have to reconnect to the network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185 +msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148 +msgid "draknetcenter5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154 +msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158 +msgid "draknetcenter3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164 +msgid "" +"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access " +"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected. " +"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as " +"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173 +msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a " +"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA " +"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used " +"in private networks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182 +msgid "" +"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access " +"point while remaining connected to the network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193 +msgid "draknetcenter6.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201 +msgid "The Advanced Settings button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209 +msgid "draknetcenter7.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 +msgid "Manage different network profiles" +msgstr "管理不同的网络配置文件" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3 +msgid "draknetprofile" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8 +msgid "draknetprofile.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:9 +msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS" +msgstr "使用 NFS 共享驱动器和目录" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draknfs.xml:11 +msgid "draknfs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknfs.xml:16 +msgid "draknfs.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:24 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:26 +msgid "" +"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the " +"first time, it may display the following message:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:33 +msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:37 +msgid "" +"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:42 +msgid "Main window" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:44 +msgid "" +"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list " +"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a " +"configuration tool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:50 +msgid "Modify entry" +msgstr "修改项" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:52 +msgid "" +"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched " +"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknfs.xml:58 +msgid "draknfs4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:64 +msgid "NFS Directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The " +"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:72 +msgid "Host access" +msgstr "主机访问" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:74 +msgid "" +"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared " +"directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:77 +msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:79 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name " +"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:83 +msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:86 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard " +"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the " +"domain cs.foo.edu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all " +"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either " +"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:96 +msgid "User ID Mapping" +msgstr "用户 ID 映射" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:98 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid " +"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client " +"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on " +"the server itself." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:103 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:107 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids " +"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP " +"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID " +"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:113 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of " +"the anonymous account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:118 +msgid "Advanced options" +msgstr "高级选项" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:120 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests " +"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option " +"is on by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:124 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read " +"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any " +"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by " +"using this option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:129 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from " +"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made " +"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:134 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can " +"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See " +"exports(5) man page for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201 +msgid "Menu entries" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:143 +msgid "So far the list has at least one entry." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draknfs.xml:147 +msgid "draknfs5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207 +msgid "File|Write conf" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:155 +msgid "Save the current configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:159 +msgid "NFS Server|Restart" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222 +msgid "" +"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/draknfs.xml:166 +msgid "NFS Server|Reload" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> +#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 +msgid "" +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:10 +msgid "Proxy" +msgstr "代理服务器" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:12 +msgid "drakproxy" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:17 +msgid "drakproxy.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:24 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:22 +msgid "" +"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use " +"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net " +"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify " +"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakproxy.xml:30 +msgid "" +"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a " +"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as " +"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " +"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " +"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " +"simplify and control their complexity." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3 +msgid "Configure Media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5 +msgid "drakrpm-edit-media" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17 +msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22 +msgid "" +"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as " +"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources " +"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27 +msgid "" +"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a " +"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media " +"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new " +"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the " +"media type CD-Rom)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called " +"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether " +"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They " +"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both " +"the i586 and the x86_64 media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40 +msgid "" +"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" " +"id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46 +msgid "The columns" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48 +msgid "Column Enable:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50 +msgid "" +"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with " +"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54 +msgid "Column Update:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56 +msgid "" +"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only " +"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, " +"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root " +"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62 +msgid "Column medium:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release " +"versions contain at least:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs " +"available supported by Mageia." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs " +"which are not free" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there " +"might be patent claims in some countries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82 +msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the " +"this version of Mageia was released." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since " +"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium " +"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions " +"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests " +"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the " +"corrections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111 +msgid "The buttons on the right" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114 +msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116 +msgid "" +"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to " +"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since " +"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121 +msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123 +msgid "" +"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and " +"proxy)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126 +msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories " +"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button " +"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that " +"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a " +"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" " +"from the drop-down \"File\" menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135 +msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137 +msgid "" +"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list " +"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same " +"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will " +"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64 +msgid "The menu" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147 +msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149 +msgid "" +"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and " +"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152 +msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154 +msgid "" +"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " +"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " +"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " +"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " +"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165 +msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169 +msgid "" +"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very " +"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available " +"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174 +msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176 +msgid "" +"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that " +"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181 +msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a " +"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, " +"according to the medium type)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187 +msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189 +msgid "" +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"default-, update only, always or never)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194 +msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196 +msgid "" +"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " +"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203 +msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204 +msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206 +msgid "" +"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it " +"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if " +"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213 +msgid "" +"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</" +"link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:10 +msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:13 +msgid "draksambashare" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:18 +msgid "draksambashare.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some " +"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure " +"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is " +"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the " +"resources of the Samba server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:37 +msgid "Preparation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:39 +msgid "" +"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP " +"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with " +"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>, or at the DHCP server which " +"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same " +"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:50 +msgid "Wizard - Standalone server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:53 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:52 +msgid "" +"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks " +"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are " +"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:61 +msgid "draksambashare0.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:67 +msgid "" +"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:71 +msgid "draksambashare1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:77 +msgid "" +"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the " +"access to the shared resources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:80 +msgid "" +"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on " +"the network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:85 +msgid "draksambashare2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:91 +msgid "Choose the security mode:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:95 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the " +"resource" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:100 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for " +"each share" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:105 +msgid "" +"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP " +"address or host name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:110 +msgid "draksambashare3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:115 +msgid "" +"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be " +"described in the Windows workstations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:120 +msgid "draksambashare4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:126 +msgid "" +"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:131 +msgid "draksambashare5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:137 +msgid "" +"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:143 +msgid "draksambashare6.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:151 +msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:155 +msgid "draksambashare13.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:153 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain " +"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is " +"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are " +"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the " +"security mode:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:164 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and " +"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized " +"account repository is shared between (security) controllers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:173 +msgid "Declare a directory to share" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:175 +msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:179 +msgid "draksambashare15.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:184 +msgid "" +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:191 +msgid "draksambashare16.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:203 +msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:209 +msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:214 +msgid "Samba server|Configure" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:216 +msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:220 +msgid "Samba server|Restart" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:227 +msgid "Samba Server|Reload" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:235 +msgid "Printers share" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:237 +msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:241 +msgid "draksambashare17.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89 +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173 +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203 +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:247 +msgid "Samba users" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:253 +msgid "draksambashare18.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/draksambashare.xml:249 +msgid "" +"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared " +"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref " +"linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draksec.xml:3 +msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools" +msgstr "配置 Mageia 工具授权" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draksec.xml:6 +msgid "draksec" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksec.xml:11 +msgid "draksec0.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:19 +msgid "" +"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks " +"usually done by the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:22 +msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksec.xml:27 +msgid "draksec.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in " +"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a " +"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the " +"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:43 +msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/draksec.xml:53 +msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11 +msgid "Snapshots" +msgstr "快照" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12 +msgid "draksnapshot-config" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18 +msgid "draksnapshot-config.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26 +msgid "" +"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message " +"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to " +"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34 +msgid "" +"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose " +"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " +"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " +"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " +"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45 +msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/draksound.xml:3 +msgid "Sound Configuration" +msgstr "声音配置" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/draksound.xml:5 +msgid "draksound" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksound.xml:10 +msgid "draksound.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:14 en/mousedrake.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:19 +msgid "" +"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, " +"PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience " +"sound problems or if you change the sound card." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:23 +msgid "" +"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:28 +msgid "" +"Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA " +"API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when " +"possible for its enhanced features." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:33 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound " +"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting " +"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio " +"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:38 +msgid "" +"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:41 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It " +"is also recommended to leave it enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:44 +msgid "" +"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or " +"three buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/draksound.xml:49 +msgid "Draksound1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:53 +msgid "" +"The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you " +"are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver " +"for your device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/draksound.xml:57 +msgid "" +"The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any " +"problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking " +"the community for help." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakups.xml:3 +msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring" +msgstr "设置监视电源的 UPS" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakups.xml:3 +msgid "drakups" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakups.xml:8 +msgid "drakups.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakups.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:3 +msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:6 +msgid "drakvpn" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:11 +msgid "drakvpn1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:19 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:18 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure " +"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local " +"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the " +"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is " +"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the " +"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:30 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:32 +msgid "" +"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which " +"protocol is used for your virtual private network." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:35 +msgid "Then give your connection a name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:37 +msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:42 +msgid "For Cisco VPN" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:48 +msgid "drakvpn3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:54 +msgid "" +"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the " +"first time the tool is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:59 +msgid "drakvpn7.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:57 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you " +"received from the network administrator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:64 +msgid "Advanced parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:68 +msgid "drakvpn8.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:72 +msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:76 +msgid "" +"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN " +"connection." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakvpn.xml:79 +msgid "" +"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network " +"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect " +"to this VPN." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 +msgid "Configure webserver" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard apache2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8 +msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " +"web server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15 +msgid "What is a web server?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be " +"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21 +msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23 +msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30 +msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49 +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38 +msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41 +msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " +"things." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49 +msgid "Server User Module" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52 +msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56 +msgid "Allows users to create their own sites." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60 +msgid "User web directory name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63 +msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67 +msgid "" +"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will " +"display it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71 +msgid "Server Document Root" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74 +msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78 +msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83 +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144 +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105 +msgid "Summary" +msgstr "小结" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85 +msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91 +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153 +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112 +msgid "" +"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82 +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116 +msgid "Finish" +msgstr "完成" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96 +msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89 +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123 +msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 +msgid "Configure DNS" +msgstr "配置 DNS" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard bind" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8 +msgid "drakwizard_bind.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3 +msgid "Configure DHCP" +msgstr "配置 DHCP" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5 +msgid "drakwizard dhcp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10 +msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net " +"interfaces" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " +"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should " +"be installed before you can access to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26 +msgid "What is DHCP?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a " +"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically " +"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet " +"communication. (From Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35 +msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37 +msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45 +msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54 +msgid "Selecting Adaptor" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58 +msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for " +"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68 +msgid "Select IP range" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72 +msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76 +msgid "" +"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want " +"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to " +"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then " +"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87 +msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96 +msgid "Hold on..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100 +msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104 +msgid "" +"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and " +"change things around." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109 +msgid "Hours later..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113 +msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87 +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189 +msgid "What is done" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125 +msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129 +msgid "" +"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134 +msgid "" +"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/" +"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new " +"parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140 +msgid "<code>hname</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144 +msgid "<code>dns</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148 +msgid "net" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152 +msgid "ip" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156 +msgid "<code>mask</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160 +msgid "<code>rng1</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164 +msgid "<code>rng2</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168 +msgid "<code>dname</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172 +msgid "<code>gateway</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176 +msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180 +msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186 +msgid "" +"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</" +"code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191 +msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10 +msgid "Configure time" +msgstr "配置时间" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12 +msgid "drakwizard ntp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19 +msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the " +"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed " +"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32 +msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36 +msgid "" +"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three " +"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice " +"because this server always points to available time servers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43 +msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49 +msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51 +msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63 +msgid "" +"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you " +"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it " +"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, " +"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It " +"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72 +msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78 +msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89 +msgid "This tool executes the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93 +msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/" +"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/" +"step-tickers.orig</code>;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104 +msgid "" +"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of " +"servers;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109 +msgid "" +"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server " +"name;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114 +msgid "" +"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</" +"code> services;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119 +msgid "" +"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 +msgid "Configure FTP" +msgstr "配置 FTP" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard proftpd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8 +msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15 +msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17 +msgid "" +"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network " +"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a " +"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21 +msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23 +msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30 +msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41 +msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad " +"things." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49 +msgid "Server Information" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52 +msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email " +"complaints too and whether to allow root login access." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60 +msgid "Server Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63 +msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> " +"(File eXchange Protocol)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74 +msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85 +msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10 +msgid "Configure proxy" +msgstr "配置代理服务器" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12 +msgid "drakwizard squid" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17 +msgid "drakwizard_squid.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a " +"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed " +"before you can access to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29 +msgid "What is a proxy server?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31 +msgid "" +"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts " +"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other " +"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, " +"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a " +"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to " +"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40 +msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42 +msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50 +msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60 +msgid "Selecting the proxy port" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64 +msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69 +msgid "" +"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74 +msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78 +msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83 +msgid "" +"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88 +msgid "Select Network Access Control" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92 +msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102 +msgid "Grant Network Access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106 +msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111 +msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116 +msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120 +msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125 +msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130 +msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134 +msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139 +msgid "" +"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148 +msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158 +msgid "Start during boot?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162 +msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168 +msgid "" +"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then " +"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177 +msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193 +msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197 +msgid "" +"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf." +"orig;</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202 +msgid "" +"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf." +"default</code> and adding the new parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208 +msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212 +msgid "<code>localnet</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216 +msgid "cache_mem" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220 +msgid "http_port" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224 +msgid "" +"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229 +msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233 +msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239 +msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 +msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration" +msgstr "OpenSSH 守护程序配置" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3 +msgid "drakwizard sshd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8 +msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 +msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data " +"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and " +"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, " +"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client " +"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, " +"respectively). (From Wikipedia)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22 +msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24 +msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28 +msgid "Select Type of Configure Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31 +msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</" +"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39 +msgid "General Options" +msgstr "常规选项" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42 +msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46 +msgid "" +"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard " +"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50 +msgid "Authentication Methods" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53 +msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, " +"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61 +msgid "Logging" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64 +msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68 +msgid "" +"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72 +msgid "Login Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75 +msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79 +msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83 +msgid "User Login Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86 +msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90 +msgid "" +"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94 +msgid "Compression and Forwarding" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97 +msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101 +msgid "" +"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108 +msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119 +msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/drakxservices.xml:3 +msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them" +msgstr "启用或禁用系统服务" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/drakxservices.xml:3 +msgid "drakxservices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/drakxservices.xml:8 +msgid "drakxservices.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/drakxservices.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:10 +msgid "Hardware configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:12 +msgid "harddrake2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:17 +msgid "harddrake2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:22 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of " +"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job " +"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " +"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" +"lst</code> package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:31 +msgid "The window" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:33 +msgid "The window is divided in two columns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:35 +msgid "" +"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are " +"grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a " +"category. Each device can be selected in this column." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:39 +msgid "" +"The right column displays information about the selected device. The " +"<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information " +"about the content of the fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:43 +msgid "" +"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are " +"available at the bottom of the right column:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:48 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to " +"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must " +"used by experts only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:54 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can " +"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:68 +msgid "" +"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to " +"enable automatic detection:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:73 +msgid "modem" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:77 +msgid "Jaz devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:81 +msgid "Zip parallel devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/harddrake2.xml:83 +msgid "" +"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check " +"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will " +"be operational the next time this tool is started." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3 +msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7 +msgid "keyboarddrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12 +msgid "keyboarddrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 +msgid "" +"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you " +"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. " +"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " +"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " +"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29 +msgid "Keyboard Layout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31 +msgid "" +"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed " +"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each " +"layout should be used for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37 +msgid "Keyboard Type" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39 +msgid "" +"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are " +"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/localedrake.xml:10 +msgid "Manage localization for your system" +msgstr "系统本地化管理" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/localedrake.xml:13 +msgid "localedrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/localedrake.xml:18 +msgid "localedrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:24 +msgid "" +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the " +"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage " +"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can " +"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:31 +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate " +"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:34 +msgid "" +"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected " +"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to " +"countries not listed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:38 +msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/localedrake.xml:42 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "输入法" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:44 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input " +"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, " +"Korean, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:48 +msgid "" +"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so " +"users should not need to configure it manually." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/localedrake.xml:50 +msgid "" +"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions " +"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another " +"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/logdrake.xml:3 +msgid "View and search system logs" +msgstr "查看并搜索系统日志" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/logdrake.xml:5 +msgid "logdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/logdrake.xml:10 +msgid "logdrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/logdrake.xml:22 +msgid "To do a search in the logs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:24 +msgid "" +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:36 +msgid "" +"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia " +"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are " +"updated each time a configuration is modified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/logdrake.xml:43 +msgid "To configure a mail alert" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:45 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and " +"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:49 +msgid "" +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:55 +msgid "The following services can be watched :" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:59 +msgid "Webmin Service" +msgstr "Webmin 服务" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:63 +msgid "Postfix Mail Server" +msgstr "Postfix 邮件服务" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:67 +msgid "FTP Server" +msgstr "FTP 服务器" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:71 +msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server" +msgstr "Apache WWW 服务器" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:75 +msgid "SSH Server" +msgstr "SSH 服务器" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:79 +msgid "Samba Server" +msgstr "Samba 服务器" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:83 +msgid "Xinetd Service" +msgstr "Xinetd 服务" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:87 +msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/logdrake.xml:91 +msgid "logdrake1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:97 +msgid "" +"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider " +"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows " +"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone " +"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value " +"to 3 times the number of processors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/logdrake.xml:103 +msgid "" +"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the " +"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local " +"or on the Internet)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10 +msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11 +msgid "lsnetdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " +"used on the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3 +msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6 +msgid "lspcidrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and " +"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under " +"root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14 +msgid "" +"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, " +"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst " +"packages to work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20 +msgid "lspcidrake1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24 +msgid "" +"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27 +msgid "" +"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it " +"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31 +msgid "Information about the graphic card;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33 +msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35 +msgid "Information about the network" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37 +msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39 +msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41 +msgid "" +"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for " +"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46 +msgid "lspcidrake2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50 +msgid "" +"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is " +"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3 +msgid "Software Packages Update" +msgstr "软件包更新" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5 +msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10 +msgid "MageiaUpdate.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20 +msgid "" +"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-" +"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " +"prompted to do so." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25 +msgid "" +"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists " +"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by " +"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the " +"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30 +msgid "" +"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of " +"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title " +"means you can click to drop down a text." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21 +msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35 +msgid "" +"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5 +msgid "Boot" +msgstr "引导" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10 +msgid "mcc-boot.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot " +"steps. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19 +msgid "Configure boot steps" +msgstr "配置启动步骤" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4 +msgid "Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "Mageia 控制中心" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14 +msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17 +msgid "mageia-2013.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"此手册中的文本和屏幕截图以 CC BY-SA 3.0 协议（<link ns6:href=\"http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/" +"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>）发布。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"此手册由 <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link> 开发的 <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> 生成。" + +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"内容由志愿者编写。若您希望完善此手册，请联系 <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">文档团队</link>。" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "硬件" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9 +msgid "mcc-hardware.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your " +"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20 +msgid "Manage your hardware" +msgstr "管理硬件" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34 +msgid "Configure graphics" +msgstr "配置图形" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48 +msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard" +msgstr "配置鼠标和键盘" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61 +msgid "Configure printing and scanning" +msgstr "配置打印和扫描" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), " +"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "其它" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3 +msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6 +msgid "" +"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to " +"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was " +"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be " +"selected in the big right panel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 +msgid "" +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10 +msgid "" +"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in " +"any of the MCC tabs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12 +msgid "" +"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool " +"screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14 +msgid "" +"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on " +"the \"Search\" tab in the left column." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17 +msgid "Local disks" +msgstr "本地磁盘" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11 +msgid "mcc-localdisks.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your " +"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17 +msgid "Network Services" +msgstr "网络服务" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9 +msgid "mcc-networkservices.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if " +"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose " +"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or " +"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4 +msgid "Network Sharing" +msgstr "网络共享" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9 +msgid "mcc-networksharing.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and " +"directories. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17 +msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares" +msgstr "配置 Windows(R) 共享" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and " +"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22 +msgid "Configure NFS shares" +msgstr "配置 NFS 共享" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27 +msgid "Configure WebDAV shares" +msgstr "配置 WebDAV 共享" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:3 +msgid "Network and Internet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:8 +msgid "mcc-network.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:12 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link " +"below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:18 +msgid "Manage your network devices" +msgstr "管理网络设备" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:21 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:25 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:29 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:36 +msgid "Personalize and Secure your network" +msgstr "个性化与网络安全" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:39 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:43 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:47 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:51 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-network.xml:61 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "安全" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:10 +msgid "mcc-security.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:16 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a " +"link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, " +"permissions and audit</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:25 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:29 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:33 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-security.xml:37 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "共享" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9 +msgid "mcc-sharing.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15 +msgid "" +"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only " +"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can " +"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link " +"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:4 +msgid "System" +msgstr "系统" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:9 +msgid "mcc-system.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:13 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration " +"tools. Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:18 +msgid "Manage system services" +msgstr "管理系统服务" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:20 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:24 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:28 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:35 +msgid "Localization" +msgstr "本地化" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:37 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:41 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:48 +msgid "Administration tools" +msgstr "管理工具" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:50 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:54 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:58 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:62 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/mcc-system.xml:66 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 +msgid "Configure updates frequency" +msgstr "配置更新频率" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5 +msgid "mgaapplet-config" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10 +msgid "mgaapplet-config.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " +"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:3 +msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)" +msgstr "设置指点设备(鼠标、触摸板)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:6 +msgid "mousedrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:11 +msgid "mousedrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:15 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:20 +msgid "" +"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by " +"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/mousedrake.xml:23 +msgid "" +"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse " +"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any " +"PS/2 & USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is " +"immediately taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/msecgui.xml:3 +msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit" +msgstr "MSEC: 系统安全审计" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/msecgui.xml:5 +msgid "msecgui" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/msecgui.xml:13 +msgid "msecgui.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:21 +msgid "" +"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface " +"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " +"approaches:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:28 +msgid "" +"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to " +"make it more secure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:33 +msgid "" +"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn " +"you if something seems dangerous." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:38 +msgid "" +"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure " +"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or " +"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " +"own customised security levels." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/msecgui.xml:45 +msgid "Overview tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:47 +msgid "See the screenshot above" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:49 +msgid "" +"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " +"button on the right side to configure them:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:54 +msgid "" +"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:59 +msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:64 +msgid "msec itself with some information:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:68 +msgid "enabled or not" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:72 +msgid "the configured Base security level" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:76 +msgid "" +"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report " +"and another button to execute the checks just now." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/msecgui.xml:86 +msgid "Security settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:88 +msgid "" +"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" +"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/msecgui.xml:94 +msgid "msecgui2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/msecgui.xml:100 +msgid "Basic security tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:103 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:106 +msgid "" +"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab " +"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then " +"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The " +"following levels are available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:113 +msgid "" +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you " +"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on " +"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or " +"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only " +"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system " +"vulnerable to attack." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:122 +msgid "" +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default " +"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users. It " +"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which " +"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory " +"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec " +"versions)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:131 +msgid "" +"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when " +"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts " +"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to " +"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " +"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:140 +msgid "" +"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, " +"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> " +"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to " +"the most common use cases." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:149 +msgid "" +"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " +"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " +"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:156 +msgid "" +"These levels are saved in <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></" +"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them " +"into specific files called <filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed " +"into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:165 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " +"level settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:170 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:173 +msgid "" +"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</" +"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by " +"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You " +"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail " +"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive " +"the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to " +"enable it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:182 +msgid "" +"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to " +"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. " +"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files " +"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:188 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:190 +msgid "" +"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer " +"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change " +"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current " +"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/msecgui.xml:199 +msgid "System security tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:201 +msgid "" +"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a " +"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/msecgui.xml:207 +msgid "msecgui3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:211 +msgid "" +"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see " +"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the " +"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be " +"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " +"choice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/msecgui.xml:219 +msgid "msecgui11.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:224 +msgid "" +"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration " +"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you " +"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before " +"saving them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/msecgui.xml:232 +msgid "msecgui10.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/msecgui.xml:238 +msgid "Network security" +msgstr "网络安全" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:240 +msgid "" +"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/msecgui.xml:245 +msgid "msecgui4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/msecgui.xml:251 +msgid "Periodic checks tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:253 +msgid "" +"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of " +"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:257 +msgid "" +"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency " +"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " +"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/msecgui.xml:264 +msgid "msecgui5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/msecgui.xml:270 +msgid "Exceptions tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:272 +msgid "" +"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In " +"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab " +"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert " +"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot " +"below shows four exceptions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/msecgui.xml:280 +msgid "msecgui6.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:284 +msgid "" +"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/msecgui.xml:289 +msgid "msecgui7.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:293 +msgid "" +"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called " +"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</" +"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, " +"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " +"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> +#: en/msecgui.xml:303 +msgid "Permissions" +msgstr "权限" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:304 +msgid "" +"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and " +"enforcement." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:306 +msgid "" +"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, " +"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. " +"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into " +"specific files called <filename>perm.<levelname> </filename> placed into " +"the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is " +"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is " +"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission " +"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/" +"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications " +"done to the permissions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/msecgui.xml:318 +msgid "msecgui8.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:321 +msgid "" +"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You " +"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the " +"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a " +"given rule:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:327 +msgid "" +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the " +"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message " +"if not, but does not change anything." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:333 +msgid "" +"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the " +"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the " +"permissions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:337 +msgid "" +"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:339 +msgid "" +"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button " +"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " +"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/msecgui.xml:345 +msgid "msecgui9.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:348 +msgid "" +"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do " +"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the " +"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed " +"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:353 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " +"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:356 +msgid "" +"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or " +"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first " +"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately " +"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You " +"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will " +"be changed by msecperms." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> +#: en/msecgui.xml:363 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file " +"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked " +"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will " +"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the " +"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4 +msgid "Other Mageia Tools" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7 +msgid "" +"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia " +"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the " +"next pages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29 +msgid "And more tools?" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3 +msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6 +msgid "rpmdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11 +msgid "rpmdrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18 +msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, " +"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the " +"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online " +"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official " +"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages " +"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only " +"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by " +"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed " +"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries " +"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names " +"included in the packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 +msgid "" +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43 +msgid "rpmdrake8.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38 +msgid "" +"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for " +"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake " +"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up " +"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message " +"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict " +"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online " +"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49 +msgid "" +"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more " +"packages, and allow to update your installed packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55 +msgid "The main parts of the screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60 +msgid "rpmdrake1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69 +msgid "" +"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first " +"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical " +"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their " +"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, " +"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77 +msgid "" +"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who " +"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading " +"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge " +"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86 +msgid "" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89 +msgid "" +"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the " +"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and " +"not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97 +msgid "" +"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their " +"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included " +"in the packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105 +msgid "" +"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword " +"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and " +"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113 +msgid "" +"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" " +"box ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120 +msgid "" +"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and " +"sub categories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127 +msgid "" +"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete " +"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It " +"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the " +"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137 +msgid "The status column" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139 +msgid "" +"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by " +"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A " +"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " +"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " +"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155 +msgid "Icon" +msgstr "图标" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157 +msgid "Legend" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165 +msgid "../rpmdrake2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169 +msgid "This package is already installed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175 +msgid "../rpmdrake3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179 +msgid "This package will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185 +msgid "../rpmdrake4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189 +msgid "This package cannot be modified" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195 +msgid "../rpmdrake5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199 +msgid "This package is an update" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205 +msgid "../rpmdrake6.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209 +msgid "This package will be uninstalled" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147 +msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215 +msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219 +msgid "" +"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status " +"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking " +"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227 +msgid "" +"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange " +"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when " +"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235 +msgid "The dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240 +msgid "rpmdrake7.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245 +msgid "" +"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They " +"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an " +"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected " +"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It " +"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed " +"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a " +"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to " +"install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10 +msgid "Set up scanner" +msgstr "设置扫描仪" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11 +msgid "scannerdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "安装" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " +"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " +"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " +"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " +"remote computer or to access remote scanners." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29 +msgid "" +"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following " +"message:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35 +msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38 +msgid "" +"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" +"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44 +msgid "scannerdrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50 +msgid "" +"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see " +"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, " +"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 +msgid "" +"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59 +msgid "" +"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its " +"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new " +"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a " +"scanner manually</emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64 +msgid "" +"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the " +"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69 +msgid "scannerdrake2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 +msgid "" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 +msgid "" +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87 +msgid "Choose port" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91 +msgid "scannerdrake3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 +msgid "" +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102 +msgid "" +"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen " +"similar to the one below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 +msgid "" +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108 +msgid "scannerdrake4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117 +msgid "Scannersharing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122 +msgid "scannerdrake5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be " +"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also " +"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on " +"this machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133 +msgid "" +"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or " +"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on " +"this computer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137 +msgid "" +"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted " +"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143 +msgid "scannerdrake6.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149 +msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153 +msgid "scannerdrake7.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159 +msgid "" +"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote " +"machines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164 +msgid "scannerdrake8.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170 +msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175 +msgid "scannerdrake9.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181 +msgid "" +"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool " +"offers to do it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184 +msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186 +msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188 +msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive " +"\"net\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 +msgid "" +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278 +msgid "Specifics" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205 +msgid "Hewlett-Packard" +msgstr "惠普" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207 +msgid "" +"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " +"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214 +msgid "Epson" +msgstr "爱普生" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 +msgid "" +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " +"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " +"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231 +msgid "Extra installation steps" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234 +msgid "" +"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref " +"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra " +"steps to correctly configure your scanner." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239 +msgid "" +"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded " +"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, " +"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the " +"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you " +"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241 +msgid "" +"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at " +"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 +msgid "" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 +msgid "" +"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15 +msgid "Software Management" +msgstr "软件管理" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/software-management.xml:10 +msgid "software-management.png" +msgstr "software-management.png" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/software-management.xml:14 +msgid "" +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/software-management.xml:17 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/software-management.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/software-management.xml:23 +msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/software-management.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media " +"sources for install and update</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8 +msgid "Install and configure a printer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11 +msgid "system-config-printer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16 +msgid "system-config-printer.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23 +msgid "" +"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link " +"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration " +"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia " +"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer " +"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu " +"and openSUSE." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30 +msgid "" +"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the " +"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" +"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34 +msgid "" +"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " +"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42 +msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45 +msgid "task-printing-server" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47 +msgid "task-printing-hp" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of " +"dependencies are needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53 +msgid "" +"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to " +"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a " +"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a " +"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window " +"will also attempt to configure a network printer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61 +msgid "Automatically detected printer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 +msgid "" +"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " +"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " +"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72 +msgid "No automatically detected printer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76 +msgid "printer3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80 +msgid "" +"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window " +"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86 +msgid "Select printer from database" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92 +msgid "provide PPD file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98 +msgid "search for a driver to download" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102 +msgid "" +"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer " +"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one " +"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have " +"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one " +"which know to work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110 +msgid "Complete the installation process" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112 +msgid "" +"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will " +"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is " +"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of " +"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After " +"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available " +"printers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121 +msgid "Network printer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or " +"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to " +"another workstation that serves as printserver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed " +"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same " +"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134 +msgid "" +"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or " +"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a " +"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label " +"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a " +"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it " +"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters " +"after \"HWaddr\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142 +msgid "" +"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to " +"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, " +"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find " +"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu " +"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it " +"says \"host\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149 +msgid "" +"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a " +"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the " +"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154 +msgid "" +"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find " +"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160 +msgid "Network printing protocols" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162 +msgid "" +"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as " +"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network " +"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is " +"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " +"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" +"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172 +msgid "" +"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the " +"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change " +"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be " +"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is " +"the same as above." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180 +msgid "printer5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184 +msgid "The other protocols are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can " +"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer " +"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by " +"some ADSL-routers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, " +"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be " +"defined. By default, the port 631 is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but " +"with TLS secured protocol." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be " +"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer " +"connected to a station using LPD." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a " +"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226 +msgid "" +"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form " +"the URI:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231 +msgid "Appsocket" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233 +msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237 +msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239 +msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241 +msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245 +msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247 +msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 +msgid "" +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256 +msgid "Device Properties" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258 +msgid "" +"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " +"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><title> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268 +msgid "Troubleshoot" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270 +msgid "" +"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by " +"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 +msgid "" +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 +msgid "" +"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 +msgid "" +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298 +msgid "" +"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304 +msgid "" +"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " +"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " +"of the printer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311 +msgid "" +"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner " +"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't " +"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this " +"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the " +"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, " +"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory " +"card which is appeared in the /media folder." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 +msgid "" +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 +msgid "" +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332 +msgid "" +"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a " +"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338 +msgid "" +"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint " +"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9 +msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings" +msgstr "导入 Windows™ 文档和设置" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12 +msgid "transfugdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17 +msgid "transfugdrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " +"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " +"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33 +msgid "" +"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake " +"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37 +msgid "" +"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some " +"explanation about the tool and import options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40 +msgid "" +"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of " +"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44 +msgid "" +"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to " +"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and " +"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account " +"than yours own." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51 +msgid "transfugdrake1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 +msgid "" +"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67 +msgid "" +"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " +"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 +msgid "" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80 +msgid "transfugdrake2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 +msgid "" +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89 +msgid "" +"When you finished with the document import method choosing press " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " +"to import bookmarks:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95 +msgid "transfugdrake3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99 +msgid "" +"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia " +"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103 +msgid "" +"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112 +msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116 +msgid "transfugdrake4.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 +msgid "" +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123 +msgid "" +"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the " +"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128 +msgid "transfugdrake5.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/userdrake.xml:11 +msgid "Users and Groups" +msgstr "用户和组" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/userdrake.xml:13 +msgid "userdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/userdrake.xml:18 +msgid "userdrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:23 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:22 +msgid "" +"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center " +"labelled \"Manage users on system\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:27 +msgid "" +"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this " +"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings " +"(ID, shell, ...)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:31 +msgid "" +"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in " +"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the " +"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:35 +msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:37 +msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/userdrake.xml:41 +msgid "userdrake1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:45 +msgid "" +"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the " +"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything " +"or nothing as well!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:49 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:52 +msgid "" +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"orange and then green as the password strength improves." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:59 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure " +"you entered what you intended to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:62 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that " +"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options " +"are Bash, Dash and Sh." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:66 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if " +"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new " +"user as the only member (this may be edited)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:70 +msgid "" +"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately " +"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:73 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:75 +msgid "" +"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific " +"group ID." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:78 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:80 +msgid "" +"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given " +"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:83 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/userdrake.xml:87 +msgid "userdrake2.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:91 +msgid "" +"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. " +"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:95 +msgid "" +"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long " +"as the account is locked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:98 +msgid "It is also possible to change the icon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:100 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an " +"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his " +"password periodically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/userdrake.xml:106 +msgid "userdrake3.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:110 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups " +"that the user is a member of." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:114 +msgid "" +"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be " +"effective until his/her next login." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:118 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:120 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the " +"group name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:123 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the " +"users who are members of the group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:126 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:128 +msgid "" +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:133 +msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:136 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:138 +msgid "" +"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to " +"refresh the display." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:141 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/userdrake.xml:143 +msgid "" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is " +"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total " +"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to " +"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories " +"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, " +"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest " +"account</guimenu>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:3 +msgid "Set up the graphical server" +msgstr "设置图形服务器" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:5 +msgid "XFdrake" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:10 +msgid "XFdrake.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:14 +msgid "" +"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:24 +msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:26 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server " +"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example " +"one with a proprietary driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:32 +msgid "" +"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by " +"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical " +"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> " +"Xorg</guilabel>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:38 +msgid "" +"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most " +"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while " +"in your Desktop Environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:42 +msgid "" +"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - " +"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing " +"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:53 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:55 +msgid "" +"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and " +"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor " +"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the " +"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:62 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:64 +msgid "" +"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the " +"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:69 +msgid "XFdrake1.png" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, " +"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview " +"of what the selected color depth looks like." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:75 +msgid "" +"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another " +"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card " +"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to " +"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or " +"select an uncomfortable setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:81 +msgid "" +"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for " +"another one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:85 +msgid "" +"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and " +"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:92 +msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:94 +msgid "" +"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking " +"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the " +"graphical environment doesn't work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:99 +msgid "" +"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a " +"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use " +"XFdrake's text version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:102 +msgid "" +"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " +"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " +"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:107 +msgid "Options:" +msgstr "选项：" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:110 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" +"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " +"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:116 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable " +"three specific features depending on the graphic card." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:121 +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/XFdrake.xml:128 +msgid "" +"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask " +"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the " +"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect " +"and reconnect to activate the new configuration." +msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC-cover.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC-cover.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..795c8f47 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC-cover.xml @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" + xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:lang="英语" xml:id="MCC"> + + <info> + <title>Mageia 控制中心</title> + <cover> + <para role="tagline">The tools to configure the Mageia system</para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>此手册中的文本和屏幕截图以 CC BY-SA 3.0 协议（<link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>）发布。 + </para> + <para>此手册由 <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link> 开发的 <link +ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> 生成。 + </para> + <para>内容由志愿者编写。若您希望完善此手册，请联系 <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。</para> + </cover> + </info> + <article> + +<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include> + +</article> +</book> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a30b18de --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MCC.xml @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:lang="英语" xml:id="MCC"> + + <info> + <title>Mageia 控制中心</title> + <cover> + <para xml:id="CC_BY-SA">此手册中的文本和屏幕截图以 CC BY-SA 3.0 协议（<link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>）发布。 + </para> + <para>此手册由 <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link> 开发的 <link +ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> 生成。 + </para> + <para>内容由志愿者编写。若您希望完善此手册，请联系 <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">文档团队</link>。</para> + </cover> + </info> + + +<xi:include href="mcc-intro.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="software-management.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-sharing.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-networkservices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-hardware.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-network.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-system.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-networksharing.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-localdisks.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-security.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="mcc-boot.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="otherMageiaTools.xml"></xi:include> + +</article> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MageiaUpdate.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MageiaUpdate.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d85a7824 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/MageiaUpdate.xml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="MageiaUpdate"> + <info> + <title xml:id="MageiaUpdate-ti1">软件包更新</title> + + <subtitle>MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="MageiaUpdate-im1" align="center" fileref="MageiaUpdate.png" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis +role="bold">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> is present in the Mageia +Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software +management.</emphasis></para> + + <para><note> + <para>To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with +drakrpm-editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you +are prompted to do so.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists +those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by +default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the +<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process.</para> + + <para>By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of +the window. The print<emphasis role="bold"> ></emphasis> before a title +means you can click to drop down a text.</para> + + <para><note> + <para>When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by +displaying this red icon <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> +. Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike.</para> + </note></para> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/XFdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/XFdrake.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0481d8b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/XFdrake.xml @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="XFdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="XFdrake-ti1">设置图形服务器</title> + + <subtitle>XFdrake</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="XFdrake-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="XFdrake.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis +role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the +graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing +<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> +as root. Mind the capital letters.</para> + </footnote></para> + + <para/> + + <para>The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Graphic card</emphasis>:</para> + + <para>The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server +configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example +one with a proprietary driver.</para> + + <para>The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by +manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical +order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> +Xorg</guilabel>.</para> + + <para><note> + <para>In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most +graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while +in your Desktop Environment.</para> + + <para>If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - +<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing +Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates.</para> + </note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to +use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for +example).</para> + + <para/> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Monitor:</emphasis></para> + + <para>In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and +you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor +isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the +<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features.</para> + + <para/> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Resolution:</emphasis></para> + + <para>This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the +colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:</para> + + <para><mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="XFdrake1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject>When you change the color depth, a +multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview +of what the selected color depth looks like.</para> + + <para>The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another +one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card +and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to +set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or +select an uncomfortable setting.</para> + + <para>The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for +another one.</para> + + <para><note> + <para>Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and +restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect.</para> + </note></para> + + <para/> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Test:</emphasis></para> + + <para>Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking +on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the +graphical environment doesn't work.</para> + + <para><note> + <para>In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a +text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use +XFdrake's text version.</para> + </note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want +to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is +right, click on <guibutton role="bold">OK</guibutton>.</para> + + <orderedlist> + <title>选项：</title> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable +Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to +restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable +three specific features depending on the graphic card.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, +<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon +booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it +may be unchecked for a server.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <para>After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask +you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the +previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect +and reconnect to activate the new configuration.</para> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--dav.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--dav.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..30418a98 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--dav.xml @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="diskdrake--dav" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + <info> + <title xml:id="diskdrake--dav-ti1">访问 WebDAV 共享的驱动器和目录</title> + + <subtitle>diskdrake --dav</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="diskdrake--dav1.png" format="PNG" + revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--dav-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>这个工具<footnote><para>你可通过以root用户在命令行输入 <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> 启动该工具。</para> + </footnote> 在 Mageia Control Center 的 Network +Sharing 选项卡下，标记为 <guilabel>配置 WebDAV 分享</guilabel>。</para> + + <section> + <title>简介</title> + + <para><link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV">WebDAV</link> +是一个允许在本地挂载 web 服务目录，使它表现为本地目录。远程机器运行一个 WebDAV 服务是必须的。配置 WebDAV 服务这不是本工具的目的。</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>创建新条目</title> + + <para>如果有的话，该工具的第一屏显示已经配置的条目，和 <guibutton>新建</guibutton> 按钮。用它创建新条目。在新界面插入服务器的 +URL。</para> + + <para>然后进入带有单选框的界面，选择一些操作。选择 <guibutton>挂载点</guibutton> 选项，点击 +<guibutton>OK</guibutton> 按钮，需 +<guibutton>Server</guibutton>已经配置，如果需要你也可以更正它。</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>远程目录将可通过该挂载点访问。</para> + + <para>下一步中，提供你的用户名和密码。如果你需要其他选项，可以在 <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> 界面添加。</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--dav4.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para><guibutton>Mount</guibutton> 选项允许你挂载立即访问。</para> + + <para>在接受配置，选择 <guibutton>Done</guibutton> 后，首界面再次出现，新建的挂载点会列出。在选择 +<guibutton>Quit</guibutton> 后，会要求选择是否保存修改 到 +<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>。如果想每次重新启动该远程目录可用，选择该选项。如果你的配置是一次性使用，就不用保存。</para> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--fileshare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--fileshare.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03bd5ee9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--fileshare.xml @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare"> + <info> + <title xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-ti1">共享硬盘分区</title> + + <subtitle>diskdrake --fileshare</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--fileshare.png" revision="1" xml:id="diskdrake--fileshare-im1" align="center" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>这个简单的工具<footnote><para>你可以从命令行启动该工具，以 root 用户输入<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake +--fileshare</emphasis> 。</para></footnote> 允许你，即管理员，让用户与局域网运行 Linux 或者 +Windows 操作系统的其他用户共享他们的 /home 子目录。</para> + + <para>在 Mageia Control Center 可以发现，本地磁盘标签下，带有共享你的磁盘分区的标志。</para> + + <para>首先，请确定：“<guilabel>您是否希望用户共享他们的目录？</guilabel>”，若不希望所有用户都能共享，请点击<guibutton>不共享</guibutton>；如果允许所有用户开启共享功能，请点击<guibutton>允许所有用户</guibutton；如果要为部分用户开启共享功能，请点击<guibutton>自定义</guibutton>。在自定义的情况下，必须将允许使用共享功能的用户添加到 +fileshare 组，该组由系统自动创建。您稍后需要对此进行设置。</para> + + <para>点击<guilabel>确定</guilabel>后，会出现第二个对话框以询问您需要使用<guibutton>NFS</guibutton> 还是 +<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>类型的共享网络。如果共享网络中只有 Linux +操作系统，请点击<guibutton>NFS</guibutton>；如果既有 Linux 又有 Windows +系统，请点击<guibutton>SMB</guibutton>。之后，请点击<guilabel>确定</guilabel>，系统将会安装所需的软件包。</para> + + <para>如果您没有使用自定义功能，那么到此为止配置已经完成了，系统将会弹出另一个对话框来提示您启动 Userdrake。该工具允许您指定可以哦嗯下目录的用户至 +fileshare 组：在用户选项卡中，先点击要添加到 fileshare +组的用户，然后点击用户组选项卡中的<guimenuitem>编辑</guimenuitem>，勾选 fileshare +组并点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>。有关 Userdrake 的更多信息，请见<link +ns2:href="userdrake.xml">此页</link></para> + + <para/> + + <note> + <para>当添加新用户至 fileshare 组后时，您需要重新连接网络以使更高生效。</para> + </note> + + <para>之后，所有属于 fileshare 组的用户都可以在文件管理器中选择需要共享的文件夹。该功能仅被部分文件管理器支持。</para> + +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--nfs.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ff7f058b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--nfs.xml @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:lang="英语" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs"> + <info> + <title xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-ti1">访问 NFS 共享的驱动器和目录</title> + + <subtitle>diskdrake --nfs</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="2" xml:id="diskdrake--nfs-im1" align="center" fileref="diskdrake--nfs.png" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <para>。</para> + + <para/> + + <section> + <title>简介</title> + + <para>此工具<footnote> + <para>您可以从命令行启动该程序：请以 root 权限执行 <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis>。</para> + </footnote>允许您定义可以被系统中其他用户访问的共享文件夹。大多数 Linux 或 +Unix 系统均支持此 NFS 网络协议。共享文件夹在系统启动后即可访问，也可以在单一会话中通过文件管理器来访问。</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>步骤</title> + + <para>选择<guibutton>搜索服务器</guibutton>来获取含有共享文件夹的服务器。</para> + + <para>点击服务器前的 > 标记来显示和选择要访问的共享文件夹。</para> + + <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs2.png"> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para><guibutton>挂载点</guibutton>用于将该共享文件夹挂载到指定目录。</para> + + <mediaobject ns2:href="diskdrake--nfs3.png"> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>在选择了挂载点之后，您就可以将其挂载并访问了。您也可以点击<guibutton>选项</guibutton>按钮来检查和更改设置。在挂载目录之后，再次点击挂载按钮可以将此目录卸载。</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs4.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs5.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>在点击<guibutton>完成</guibutton>按钮之后，系统将会提示“您是否希望将更改保存到 +/etc/fstab”。如果选择保存，那么下次启动后如果网络链接可用，系统将会自动挂载该目录到指定位置。您可以在文件管理器，如 Dolphin +中访问该目录。</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--nfs6.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--removable.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--removable.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..135312e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--removable.xml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="diskdrake--removable"> + <info> + <title xml:id="diskdrake--removable-ti1">CD/DVD 刻录机</title> + + <subtitle>diskdrake --removable</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" fileref="diskdrake--removable.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="diskdrake--removable-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>如果您插入了可移动存储介质（CD/DVD 播放机和刻录机、软盘），则可以在 Mageia 控制中心中的本地磁盘选项卡中找到此工具<footnote> + <para>你可以从命令行启动该工具，以 root 用户输入<emphasis role="bold">diskdrake +--removable</emphasis> 。</para> + </footnote>。 </para> + + <para>它用于设定您的可移动存储介质的挂载方式。 </para> + + <para>窗口上方显示了您的硬件的简短描述和挂载选项，您可以用底部的菜单来更改它们：先点击要更改的项目，然后点击<guibutton>确定</guibutton>按钮。 </para> + + <section> + <title>挂载点</title> + + <para>选中这个复选框改变挂载点。默认是 /media/cdrom。</para> + + <para/> + </section> + + <section> + <title>选项</title> + + <para>多数挂载选项可以直接从列表中选择，或者在<guilabel>高级</guilabel>子菜单中选择。主要选项包括：</para> + + <para/> + + <section> + <title>用户模式/无用户模式</title> + + <para>用户模式下，普通用户（非 root）可以挂载可移动磁盘，挂载选项包括 noexec、nosuid 和 nodev。只有挂载该磁盘的用户可以卸载该磁盘。 </para> + </section> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--smb.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--smb.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..40b61cb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/diskdrake--smb.xml @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="diskdrake--smb" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="diskdrake--smb-ti1">访问 Windows (SMB) 共享的驱动器和目录</title> + + <subtitle>diskdrake --smb</subtitle> + + </info> + + <para/> + + <section> + <title>简介</title> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>你可以从命令行启动该工具，通过以 root 用户输入 <emphasis role="bold">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> +。</para> + </footnote> allows you to declare which +shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The +protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) +systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared +directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with +tools such as file browsers.</para> + + <para>运行工具以前，声明可用服务器的名字是个好主意，如<xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>步骤</title> + + <para>选择 <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> 获得共享目录的服务器列表。</para> + + <para>Click on the server name and on > before the server name to display the +list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access.</para> + + <para>The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you +have to specify where to mount the directory.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount +button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the +<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button.</para> + + <para>In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to +connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it +with the same button.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb4.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask +"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications". Saving, will allow +directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The +new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in +dolphin.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="diskdrake--smb5.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para/> + + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drak3d.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drak3d.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..855e835d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drak3d.xml @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drak3d" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drak3d-ti1">3D Desktop Effects</title> + + <subtitle>drak3d</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im1" revision="1" align="center" fileref="drak3d.png" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <section> + <title>简介</title> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drak3d</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> lets you manage the 3D +desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by +default.</para> + </section> + + <section annotations="center"> + <title>Getting Started</title> + + <para>To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the +package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can +start.</para> + + <para>After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you +can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or +<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a +composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special +effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn +it on.</para> + + <para>If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of +Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be +installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the +<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drak3d-im3" fileref="drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz +Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in +for the changes to take effect.</para> + + <para>After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz +Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>疑难解答</title> + + <section> + <title>Can't See Desktop after Logging in</title> + + <para>If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop +but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in +screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be +prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login +with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the +log in problem.</para> + </section> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakauth.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakauth.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec157441 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakauth.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakauth" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakauth-ti1">认证</title> + + <subtitle>drakauth</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakauth.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakauth-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakauth</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> enables you to modify the +manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net.</para> + + <para>By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your +computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so +and give information about that.</para> + +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakautologin.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakautologin.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0e80cf96 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakautologin.xml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakautologin"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakautologin-ti1">设置自动登录以便以特定用户的身份自动登录</title> + + <subtitle>drakautologin</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakautologin-im1" fileref="drakautologin.png" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakautologin</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> allows you to automatically +login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without asking for any +password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good idea when there +is only one user like to be using the machine.</para> + + <para>It is found under the <emphasis role="bold">Boot</emphasis> tab in the +Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up autologin to automatically log in".</para> + + <para>The interface buttons are pretty obvious:</para> + + <para>Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system +starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the +boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be +possible to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by +launching the command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'.</para> + + <para>If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either +<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to +continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check +<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if +needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default +username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>.</para> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakboot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakboot.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..65098151 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakboot.xml @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakboot" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakboot-ti1">设置启动系统</title> + + <subtitle>drakboot</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata format="PNG" xml:id="drakboot--boot-im1" align="center" fileref="drakboot--boot.png" revision="1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is +slightly different as you cannot choose the boot loader (first drop down +list) since only one is available.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakboot--boot2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakboot</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> allows you to configure the +boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default boot, +etc.)</para> + + <para>It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled "Set up +boot system".</para> + + <warning> + <para>Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing +some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !</para> + </warning> + + <para>In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if +using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, +Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question +of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the +<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you +are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any +modification can prevent your machine from booting.</para> + + <para>In UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is +installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common +to all operating systems installed.</para> + + <para>In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set +the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in +seconds. During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available +operating systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is +made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses.</para> + + <para>In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is +possible to set a password.</para> + + <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options.</para> + + <para><guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton></para> + + <para>ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the +power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was +the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI +compatible.</para> + + <para><guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton></para> + + <para>SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for +multicore processors.</para> + + <note> + <para>If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual +processor and enable SMP.</para> + </note> + + <para><guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local +APIC:</guibutton></para> + + <para>APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two +components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O +APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses +to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful +for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC +system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message +"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local +APIC.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakboot1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on whether you have +an <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis> or <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis> system.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>You have a <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis> system:</para> + + <para>In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot +time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu +entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item. If you +click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> +buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or +to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be +able to use these tools.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakboot2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want +to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command "title". For +example: Mageia3.</para> + + <para>The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches +the Grub command "kernel". For example /boot/vmlinuz.</para> + + <para>The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the +kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command "root". For example (hd0,1).</para> + + <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to +the kernel at boot time.</para> + + <para>If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this +entry by default.</para> + + <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to +choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> +file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref +linkend="draknetprofile"/>, in the drop-down lists.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You have a <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis> system:</para> + + <para>In this case, the drop-down list displays all the available entries; click +on the one wanted as the default one.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakboot3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to +the kernel at boot time.</para> + + <para>In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to +choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>.</para> + + <para>To set many other parameters, you can use <emphasis>Grub +Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below).</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xreflabel="titi" fileref="drakboot4.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para/> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakbug.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakbug.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4ab612c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakbug.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section +xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" +xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakbug" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakbug-ti1">Mageia Bug Report Tool</title><subtitle>drakbug</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakbug-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" + fileref="drakbug.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Usually, this tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakbug</emphasis>.</para></footnote> starts automatically +when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, after filing +a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of the +information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report.</para> + + <para>If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, +then please read <link +xlink:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly">How to +report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the "Report" button.</para> + + <para>In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message +that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to +that existing report that you saw the bug, too.</para> + +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakbug_report.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakbug_report.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0c179a29 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakbug_report.xml @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section +xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" +xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +xml:id="drakbug_report" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="drakbug_report-ti1">Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports</title><subtitle>drakbug_report</subtitle> + </info> + + <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can only be started and used +on the command line.</para> + +<para>It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by +doing <emphasis role="bold">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, +but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be +several GBs large.</para> +<note><para>The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing +the unneeded parts.</para></note> + <para>This command collects the following information on your system:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para> lspci</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> pci_devices</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> dmidecode</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> fdisk</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> scsi</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> /sys/bus/scsi/devices</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> lsmod</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> cmdline</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> pcmcia: stab</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> usb</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> partitions</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> cpuinfo</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> syslog</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> Xorg.log</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> monitor_full_edid</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> stage1.log</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> ddebug.log</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> install.log</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> fstab</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> modprobe.conf</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> lilo.conf</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> grub: menu.lst</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> grub: install.sh</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> grub: device.map</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> xorg.conf</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> urpmi.cfg</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> modprobe.preload</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> sysconfig/i18n</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> /proc/iomem</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> /proc/ioport</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> mageia version</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> rpm -qa</para></listitem> + <listitem><para> df</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + + <note><para>At the time this help page was written, the "syslog" part of this command's +output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to our switch +to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the "syslog" by doing (as +root) <emphasis role="bold"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If +you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take the last 5000 +lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role="bold">journalctl -a | tail +-n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>.</para></note> + +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakclock.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakclock.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9fc90b56 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakclock.xml @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakclock"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakclock-ti1">管理日期和时间</title> + + <subtitle>drakclock</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakclock.png" xml:id="drakclock-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakclock</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> is found under the tab System +in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>"Manage date and +time"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a +right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray.</para> + + <para>It's a very simple tool.</para> + + <para>On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role="bold">calendar</emphasis>. On +the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on +the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month +(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or +2012). Select the day by clicking on its number.</para> + + <para>On the bottom left is the <emphasis role="bold">Network Time +Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on +time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time +Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server.</para> + + <para>On the right part is the <emphasis role="bold">clock</emphasis>. It's +useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, +minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows +to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see +your desktop environment settings for that.</para> + + <para>At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the +<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the +nearest town.</para> + + <note> + <para>Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they +will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation +settings.</para> + </note> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconnect--del.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconnect--del.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4bac7b66 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconnect--del.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakconnect--del" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakconnect--del-ti1">移除连接</title><subtitle>drakconnect --del</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakconnect--del-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect--del.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Here, you can delete a network interface<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote>.</para> + <para>Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then +click <emphasis>next</emphasis>.</para> + <para>You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted +successfully.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconnect.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconnect.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c96cd3e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconnect.xml @@ -0,0 +1,808 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakconnect"> + <info annotations="simonnzg listened to Aicha by Khaled & Faudel whilst editing this document."> + <title xml:id="drakconnect-ti1">设置新的网络连接(局域网、ISDN、ADSL 拨号……)</title> + + <subtitle>drakconnect</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakconnect-im1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakconnect.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <section> + <title>简介</title> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakconnect</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> allows to configure much of +local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from +your access provider or your network administrator.</para> + + <para>Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware +and provider you have.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>A new Wired connection (Ethernet)</title> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one +to configure.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP +address.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Automatic IP</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers +are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained +below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The +HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, +the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. +The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option +<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers +have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address +from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakconnect5.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>the DHCP client</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>DHCP timeout</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server +requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP +address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection +configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>手工配置</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS +servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no +HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is +attributed by default.</para> + + <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like +<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is +<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are +available from your service provider's website.</para> + + <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search +domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your +computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is +"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless +you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, +domestic ADSL would not need this setting.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakconnect30.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>A new Satellite connection (DVB)</title> + + <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you +can write this help, please contact <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc +team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>A new Cable modem connection</title> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one +to configure.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP +address.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>You have to specify a authentication method:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>无</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name +and password.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Automatic IP</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers +are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained +below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The +HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, +the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. +The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option +<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers +have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address +from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>the DHCP client</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>DHCP timeout</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server +requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP +address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection +configurations are explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>手工配置</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers +to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME +is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is +attributed by default.</para> + + <para>For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like +<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is +<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are +available from your service provider's website.</para> + + <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search +domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your +computer is called "splash", and it's full domain name is +"splash.boatanchor.net", the Search Domain would be "boatanchor.net". Unless +you specifically need it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, +domestic connection would not need this setting.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakconnect32.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>A new DSL connection</title> + + <para><orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to +configure it.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your +provider. If it is not listed, select the option +<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>动态主机配置协议(DHCP)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>手工配置 TCP/IP</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>以太网上的点对点协议(PPPoE)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>点对点隧道协议(PPTP)</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>访问设置</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>账户登录(用户名)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Account password</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>A new ISDN connection</title> + + <para><orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Manual choice (internal ISDN card)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>外置 ISDN 调制解调器</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and +manufacturer. Select your card.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Select one of the protocols available:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your +provider. If it is not listed, select the option +<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave +you. Then it is asked for parameters:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>连接名称</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>电话号码</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>登录 ID</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Account password</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>身份验证方式</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or +manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by +automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to +put:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>域名</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>First and second DNS Server</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you +are sure that your provider is configured to accept it.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic +or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the +IP address.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>A new Wireless connection (WiFi)</title> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for +Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper +only if the other configuration methods did not work.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that +the card has detected.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakconnect31.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Operating mode:</para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>受控的</term> + + <listitem> + <para>To access to an existing access point (the most frequent).</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>Ad-Hoc</term> + + <listitem> + <para>To configure direct connection between computers.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Network Name (ESSID)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured.</para> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term>WPA/WPA2</term> + + <listitem> + <para>This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + + <varlistentry> + <term>WEP</term> + + <listitem> + <para>Some old hardware deals only this encryption method.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>加密密钥</para> + + <para>It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a +manual IP address.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Automatic IP</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are +declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained +below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The +HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is +specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The +Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option +<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>the DHCP client</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>DHCP timeout</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server +requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP +address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all +connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>手工配置</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The +HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, +the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.</para> + + <para>For a residential network, the IP address always looks like +<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is +<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are +available from your providers website.</para> + + <para>In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search +domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, +before the period.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection</title> + + <para><orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to +configure it.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option +<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your +provider. If it is not listed, select the option +<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Provide access settings</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>访问点名称</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>账户登录(用户名)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Account password</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist></para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection</title> + + <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you +can write this help, please contact <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc +team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)</title> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>The wizard asks which device to configure:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>手动选择</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Detected hardware, if any.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>A list of ports is proposed. Select your port.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package +<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your +provider. If it is not listed, select the option +<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider +gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Connection name</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Phone number</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Login ID</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Password</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>PAP/CHAP</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>基于脚本登录</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>PAP</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>基于终端</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>CHAP</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend="drakconnect-end"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section xml:id="drakconnect-end"> + <title>Ending the configuration</title> + + <para>In the next step, you can specify:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow +access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch +automatically between access point according to the signal strength.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>With the advanced button, you can specify:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Metric (10 by default)</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>MTU</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>网络热插拔</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>启用 IPv6 到 IPv4 的隧道</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start +immediately or not.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakconnect9.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconsole.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconsole.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..25a70bb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakconsole.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakconsole"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakconsole-ti1">以管理员身份打开控制台</title> + + <subtitle>drakconsole</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakconsole-im1" fileref="drakconsole.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakconsole</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> gives you access to a console +which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more +information about that.</para> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakdisk.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakdisk.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d21c2e98 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakdisk.xml @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakdisk"> + + + <info> + <title xml:id="drakdisk-ti1">管理磁盘分区</title> + + <subtitle>drakdisk or diskdrake</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskBackup-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskBackup.png" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <warning> + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis +role="bold">diskdrake</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> is very powerful, a tiny +error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a +partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll +see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on +<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue.</para> + </warning> + + <para>If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you +want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc).</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakdisk-im1" fileref="drakdisk.png" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your +preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, +resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a +partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear +all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete +disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a +partition.</para> + + + + <!-- 2015-07-06 Note added by Lebarhon --> +<note> + <para>If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called "EFI System +Partition" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it contains +all your different operating systems bootloaders.</para> + </note> + + <para>If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot +choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition +must be unmounted first.</para> + + <para>It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side</para> + + <para>To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to +delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button +<guibutton role="bold">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part is +selected</para> + + <para>You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakdiskMountedPartition-im1" revision="1" fileref="drakdiskMountedPartition.png" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> +gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be +seen in the screenshot below.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1" align="center" fileref="drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakedm.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakedm.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0327542e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakedm.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakedm" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + + + <!--2012-09-03 marja: changed title to the title of this screen in MCC --> +<title xml:id="drakedm-ti1">设置显示管理器</title> + + <subtitle>drakedm</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakedm-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakedm.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa1">Here<footnote> + <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa3">You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakedm</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> you can choose which display +manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available +on your system will be shown.</para> + + <para revision="1" xml:id="drakedm-pa2">Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look +different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM +is a lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras.</para> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakfirewall.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakfirewall.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..146832ef --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakfirewall.xml @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakfirewall" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakfirewall-ti1">设置个人防火墙</title> + + <subtitle>drakfirewall</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakfirewall.png" align="center" xml:id="drakfirewall-im1" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> is found under the Security +tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Set up your personal +firewall". It is the same tool in the first tab of "Configure system +security, permissions and audit".</para> + + <para>A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming +connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the +first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection +attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - +<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable +the firewall, and only check the needed services.</para> + + <para>It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on +<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field +<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these +examples :</para> + + <para>80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol</para> + + <para>24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol</para> + + <para>The listed ports should be separated by a space.</para> + + <para>If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is +checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <note> + <para>If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) +it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even +recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet.</para> + </note> + + <para>The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature +allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box +<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second +box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure +somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards +corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot +below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be +warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports.</para> + + <para>These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakfirewall4.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the +Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary +packages are downloaded.</para> + + <tip> + <para>If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network & +Internet, icon Set up a new network interface.</para> + </tip> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakfont.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakfont.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..125425f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakfont.xml @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakfont"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakfont-ti1">管理、添加及删除字体。导入 Windows™ 字体</title> + + <subtitle>drakfont</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakfont-im1" fileref="drakfont.png" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakfont</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> is present in the Mageia +Control Center under the <emphasis role="bold">System</emphasis> tab. It +allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen +above shows:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>the installed font names, styles and sizes.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>a preview of the selected font.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>some buttons explained here later.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para/> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis></para> + + <para>This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You +must have Microsoft Windows installed.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Options:</emphasis></para> + + <para>It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able +to use the fonts.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Uninstall:</emphasis></para> + + <para>This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be +careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the +documents that use them.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Import:</emphasis></para> + + <para>Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The +supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the +<emphasis role="bold">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis +role="bold">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the +fonts to install, click on <emphasis role="bold">Install</emphasis> when +done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts.</para> + + <para>If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont +main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications.</para> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakguard.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakguard.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c93ac53b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakguard.xml @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakguard"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakguard-ti1">家长控制</title> + + <subtitle>drakguard</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakguard.png" revision="1" xml:id="drakguard-im1" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakguard</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> is found in the Mageia +Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental +Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the +drakguard package (not installed by default).</para> + + <section> + <title>Presentation</title> + + <para>Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to +restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three +useful capabilities:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by +controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can +only execute what you accept them to execute.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through +blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the +website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental +control blocker DansGuardian.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Configuring Parental controls</title> + + <para><warning> + <para>If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, +Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on +your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel +feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named +users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by +an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this +prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will +then suggest you reboot.</para> + </warning><guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental +control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab +is opened.</para> + + <para><guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the +websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all +the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab.</para> + + <para><guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have +their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the +right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are +not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on +<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an +user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to +remove him/her from the allowed users.</para> + + <para><guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed +with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and +<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time +window.</para> + + <section> + <title>Blacklist/Whitelist tab</title> + + <para>Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the +<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Block Programs Tab</title> + + <para><guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to +restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the +applications you wish to block.</para> + + <para><guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand +side will not be subject to acl blocking.</para> + </section> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakgw.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakgw.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..61e96442 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakgw.xml @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakgw" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakgw-ti1">与其它计算机共享网络连接</title> + + <subtitle>drakgw</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakgw.png" format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="drakgw-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <section xml:id="drakgw-principles"> + <title>Principles</title> + + <para><mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="../drakgw-net.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject>This is useful when you have a +computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local +network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to +other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the +gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card +must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to +the Internet (2).</para> + + <para>The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are +set up, as documented in <xref linkend="draknetcenter"/>.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="drakgw-wizard"> + <title>Gateway wizard</title> + + <para>The wizard<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakgw</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> offers successive steps +which are shown below:</para> + + <para><itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this +and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard +automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that +what is proposed is correct.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes +one, check that this is correct.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask +and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual +configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard +will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to +specify the address of a DNS server.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard +will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure +it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard +will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, +with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the +proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to +printers and to share them.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + + <para>You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="drakgw-configure"> + <title>Configure the client</title> + + <para>If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to +specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address +automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting +to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is +using.</para> + + <para>If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular +specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the +gateway.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="drakgw-stop"> + <title>Stop connection sharing</title> + + <para>If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch +the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the +sharing.</para> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakhosts.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakhosts.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b5ea99e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakhosts.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakhosts" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakhosts-ti1">主机定义</title> + + <subtitle>drakhosts</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakhosts.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakhosts-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed +IP-addresses, this tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakhosts</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> allows to +specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name +instead of the IP-address.</para> + + <para><guibutton>Add</guibutton></para> + + <para>With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window +to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an +alias which can be used in the same way that the name is.</para> + + <para><guibutton>Modify</guibutton></para> + + <para>You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the +same window.</para> + + <para/> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakinvictus.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakinvictus.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..03572c71 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakinvictus.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakinvictus" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakinvictus-ti1">网口和防火墙高级设置</title><subtitle>drakinvictus</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakinvictus-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakinvictus.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you +can write this help, please contact <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc +team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknetcenter.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknetcenter.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0e6e85d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknetcenter.xml @@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetcenter" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + + + + + <info> + <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-31 +Write some text means i can't do it :( +What must we say about networks out of wired (Ethernet) and wireless (WI fi) like GPRS, bluetooth ? I can't write anything. +--> +<!-- --> +<title xml:id="draknetcenter-ti1">网络中心</title> + + <subtitle>draknetcenter</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" fileref="draknetcenter.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="draknetcenter-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> is found under the Network +& Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled "Network Center"</para> + + <para/> + + <section> + <title>简介</title> + + <para>When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks +configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, +etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending +on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its +settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a +network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, +ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab.</para> + + <para>In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the +first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"/> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> (this one is not connected<inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"/> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> ) and the second section shows wireless +networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"/> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> and this one <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"/> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject>if connected. For the other network types, +the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not +connected.</para> + + <para>In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected +networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal +strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and +the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then +either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> +or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network +to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings +window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption +key in particular).</para> + + <para>Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + + <section> + <title>The Monitor button</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter4.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the +PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is +available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray +-> Monitor Network</guimenu>.</para> + + <para>There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the +local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which +gives details about connection status.</para> + + <note> + <para>At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic +accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section.</para> + </note> + </section> + + <section> + <title>The Configure button</title> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">A - For a wired network</emphasis></para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>It is possible to change all the settings given during network +creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> +<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual +configuration may give better results.</para> + + <para>For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks +like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the +<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are +available from your providers website.</para> + + <para><guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count +the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in +the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may +have to reconnect to the network.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow interface to be controlled by Network +Manager:</emphasis></para> + + <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you +can write this help, please contact <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc +team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + + <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para> + + <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you +can write this help, please contact <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc +team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter5.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">B - For a wireless network</emphasis></para> + + <para>Only the items not already seen above are explained.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Operating mode:</emphasis></para> + + <para>Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access +point, there is an <emphasis role="bold">ESSID</emphasis> detected. Select +<guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select +<emphasis role="bold">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as the +access point, your network card needs to support this mode.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis></para> + + <para>If it is a private network, you need to know these settings.</para> + + <para><guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a +passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA +personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used +in private networks.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:</para> + + <para>Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access +point while remaining connected to the network.</para> + + <para><guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton></para> + + <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you +can write this help, please contact <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc +team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter6.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + + <section> + <title>The Advanced Settings button</title> + + <para>This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you +can write this help, please contact <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc +team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draknetcenter7.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknetprofile.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknetprofile.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f91e73a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknetprofile.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draknetprofile" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="draknetprofile-ti1">管理不同的网络配置文件</title><subtitle>draknetprofile</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="draknetprofile-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draknetprofile.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you +can write this help, please contact <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc +team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknfs.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d97b4741 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draknfs.xml @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="draknfs" xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + <info> + <title xml:id="draknfs-ti1">使用 NFS 共享驱动器和目录</title> + + <subtitle>draknfs</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs.png" format="PNG" + revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <section> + <title>Prerequisites</title> + + <para>When the wizard<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">draknfs</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> is launched for the +first time, it may display the following message:</para> + + <blockquote> + <para>The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?</para> + </blockquote> + + <para>After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Main window</title> + + <para>A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list +is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a +configuration tool.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>修改项</title> + + <para>The configuration tool is labeled "Modify entry". It may be also launched +with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are +available.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs4.png" format="PNG" + revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im4"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <section> + <title>NFS Directory</title> + + <para>Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The +<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose +it.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>主机访问</title> + + <para>Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared +directory.</para> + + <para>NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:</para> + + <para><emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name +recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address</para> + + <para><emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group.</para> + + <para><emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard +characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the +domain cs.foo.edu.</para> + + <para><emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all +hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either +`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>用户 ID 映射</title> + + <para><emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid +0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client +cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on +the server itself.</para> + + <para><emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root +squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients +(no_root_squash).</para> + + <para><emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids +to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP +directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID +mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting.</para> + + <para><emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of +the anonymous account.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>高级选项</title> + + <para><emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests +originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option +is on by default.</para> + + <para><emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read +and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any +request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by +using this option.</para> + + <para><emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from +violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made +by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive).</para> + + <para><emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can +help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See +exports(5) man page for more details.</para> + </section> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Menu entries</title> + + <para>So far the list has at least one entry.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="draknfs5.png" format="PNG" + revision="1" xml:id="draknfs-im5"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <section> + <title>File|Write conf</title> + + <para>Save the current configuration.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>NFS Server|Restart</title> + + <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>NFS Server|Reload</title> + + <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration +files.</para> + </section> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakproxy.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakproxy.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eac1d4d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakproxy.xml @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakproxy" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakproxy-ti1">代理服务器</title> + + <subtitle>drakproxy</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakproxy.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakproxy-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use +this tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakproxy</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> to configure it. Your net +administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify +some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception.</para> + + <para>From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a +proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as +an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other +servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, +such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a +different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to +simplify and control their complexity.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakrpm-edit-media.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakrpm-edit-media.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..68549c53 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakrpm-edit-media.xml @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-ti1">Configure Media</title> + + <subtitle>drakrpm-edit-media</subtitle> + </info> + + + + + + <mediaobject> + <!-- 2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections --> +<!--2013-10-22 marja - improved wording, thanks to Aragorn :-) + - adjusted "Add" part to changed behaviour of this tool + (no longer a choice to only add "update sources" is + given) --> +<imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-im1" fileref="drakrpm-edit-media.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para><important> + <para>First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as +repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources +to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button +below).</para> + </important> <note> + <para>If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a +USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media +used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new +packages, you should disable (or delete) this media. (It will have the +media type CD-Rom).</para> + </note> <note> + <para>Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called +i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether +your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They +don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both +the i586 and the x86_64 media.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis +role="bold">Software management.</emphasis><footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote></para> + + <section> + <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-columns">The columns</title> + + <bridgehead>Column Enable:</bridgehead> + + <para>The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with +some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable.</para> + + <bridgehead>Column Update:</bridgehead> + + <para>The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only +media with "Update" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, +this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root +and type <emphasis role="bold">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis></para> + + <bridgehead>Column medium:</bridgehead> + + <para>Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release +versions contain at least:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs available +supported by Mageia.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs which +are not free</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there might +be patent claims in some countries.</para> + + <para>Each medium has 4 sub-sections:</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the this +version of Mageia was released.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since release +due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium enabled, +even with a very slow internet connection.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions +backported from Cauldron (the next version under development).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests +of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the +corrections.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-right-button">The buttons on the right</title> + + <para><guibutton>Remove:</guibutton></para> + + <para>To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to +remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since +all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium.</para> + + <para><guibutton>Edit:</guibutton></para> + + <para>Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and +proxy).</para> + + <para><guibutton>Add:</guibutton></para> + + <para>Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories +contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the "Add" button +adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that +you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a +specific mirror, then add it by choosing "Add a specific media mirror" from +the drop-down "File" menu.</para> + + <para><guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton></para> + + <para>Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list +in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same +release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will +be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title xml:id="drakrpm-edit-media-menu">The menu</title> + + <para><guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu></para> + + <para>A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and +click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button.</para> + + <para><guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu></para> + + <para>Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's +too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the +actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them +out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose +between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the +<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by +clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakrpmEditMedia2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very +close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available +mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para> + + <para><guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu></para> + + <para>It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that +isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:</para> + + <para><mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject>Select the medium type, find a smart +name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, according to +the medium type)</para> + + <para><guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu></para> + + <para>This item allows you to choose when to "Verify RPMs to be installed" (always +or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define the +download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by default-, +update only, always or never).</para> + + <para><guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu></para> + + <para>To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate +the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the +window that appear, select a medium and then click on +<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click +on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key.</para> + + <para><warning> + <para>Do this with care, as with all security-related questions</para> + </warning><guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu></para> + + <para>If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it +here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if +necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>.</para> + + <para/> + + <para>For more information about configuring the media, see <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management">the Mageia Wiki +page</link>.</para> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksambashare.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksambashare.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c74b707c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksambashare.xml @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="draksambashare" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + <info> + <title xml:id="draksambashare-ti1">Share directories and drives with Samba</title> + + <subtitle>draksambashare</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="draksambashare-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para/> + + <section> + <title>简介</title> + + <para>Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some +resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure +the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is +also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the +resources of the Samba server.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Preparation</title> + + <para>To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP +address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with +<xref linkend="draknetcenter-ti1"/>, or at the DHCP server which identifies +the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same address. The +firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba server.</para> + + <para/> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Wizard - Standalone server</title> + + <para>At the first run, the tools <footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis +role="bold"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> checks if +needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are not +yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare0.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="draksambashare0-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already +selected.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare1.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="draksambashare1-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the +access to the shared resources.</para> + + <para>The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on +the network.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare2.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="draksambashare2-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Choose the security mode:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the +resource</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for +each share</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP +address or host name.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare3.png" format="PNG" + revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare3-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be +described in the Windows workstations.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare4.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="draksambashare-im4"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare5.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="draksambashare-im5"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the +configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in +<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare6.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="draksambashare-im6"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Wizard - Primary domain controller</title> + + <para><mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draksambashare13.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject>If the "Primary domain controller" +option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is to support or +not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are then the same +as for standalone server, except you can choose also the security mode:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and +group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized +account repository is shared between (security) controllers.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Declare a directory to share</title> + + <para>With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare15.png" format="PNG" + revision="1" xml:id="draksambashare-im7"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the +<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether +the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share +name can not be modified.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="draksambashare16.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="draksambashare-im8"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para/> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Menu entries</title> + + <para>When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used.</para> + + <formalpara> + <title>File|Write conf</title> + + <para>Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</para> + </formalpara> + + <formalpara> + <title>Samba server|Configure</title> + + <para>The wizard can be run again with this command.</para> + </formalpara> + + <formalpara> + <title>Samba server|Restart</title> + + <para>The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files.</para> + </formalpara> + + <formalpara> + <title>Samba Server|Reload</title> + + <para>The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration +files.</para> + </formalpara> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Printers share</title> + + <para>Samba also allows you to share printers.</para> + + <para><mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draksambashare17.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject></para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Samba users</title> + + <para>In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared +resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref +linkend="userdrake-ti1"/><mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draksambashare18.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject></para> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksec.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksec.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e0301c8a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksec.xml @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="draksec"> + <info> + <title xml:id="draksec-ti1">配置 Mageia 工具授权</title> + + <subtitle>draksec</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="draksec-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="draksec0.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">draksec</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote>is present in the Mageia +Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Security</emphasis></para> + + <para>It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks +usually done by the administrator.</para> + + <para>Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down: + </para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="draksec.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in +the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a +drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the +same MCC tab, the tool "Configure system security, permissions and audit".</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>No password: The tool is launched without asking any password.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksnapshot-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksnapshot-config.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..002c7827 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksnapshot-config.xml @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xml:id="draksnapshot-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="draksnapshot-config-ti1">快照</title> + <subtitle>draksnapshot-config</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="draksnapshot-config-im1" revision="1" align="center" + format="PNG" fileref="draksnapshot-config.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is available in MCC's +<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration +tools</guilabel> section.</para> + <para>When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message +about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to +proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed.</para> + + <para>Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the +<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable +Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, +<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>.</para> + <para>If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose +<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the +<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to +the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and +files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the +<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from +the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role="bold">not</emphasis> be +included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are +done.</para> + <para>Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the +<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted +USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis +role="bold">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>. + </para> + <para>Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksound.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksound.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e88a335c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/draksound.xml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="draksound" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="draksound-ti1">声音配置</title> + + <subtitle>draksound</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="draksound-im1" fileref="draksound.png" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">draksound</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> is present in the Mageia +Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para> + + <para>Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, +PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience +sound problems or if you change the sound card.</para> + + <para>The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a +driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound +card.</para> + + <note> + <para>Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA +API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when +possible for its enhanced features.</para> + </note> + + <para><guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound +inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting +sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio +volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences.</para> + + <para>PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it +enabled.</para> + + <para><guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It +is also recommended to leave it enabled.</para> + + <para>The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new window with two or +three buttons:</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="Draksound1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you +are doing. This button is not available when the system has found a driver +for your device.</para> + + <para>The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any +problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking +the community for help.</para> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakups.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakups.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c9ca951c --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakups.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakups" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakups-ti1">设置监视电源的 UPS</title><subtitle>drakups</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakups-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakups.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you +can write this help, please contact <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc +team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + + + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakups</emphasis> as root.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakvpn.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakvpn.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..827848ec --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakvpn.xml @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakvpn"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakvpn-ti1">Configure VPN Connection to secure network access</title> + + <subtitle>drakvpn</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" xml:id="drakvpn-im1" align="center" fileref="drakvpn1.png" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <section> + <title>简介</title> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakvpn</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> allows to configure secure +access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local +workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the +configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is +already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the +network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file .</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>配置</title> + + <para>First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which +protocol is used for your virtual private network.</para> + + <para>Then give your connection a name.</para> + + <para>At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>For Cisco VPN</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para><mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakvpn3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject></para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the +first time the tool is used.</para> + + <para><mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakvpn7.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject>Select the files that you received +from the network administrator.</para> + + <para>Advanced parameters:</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakvpn8.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN +connection.</para> + + <para>This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network +connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect +to this VPN.</para> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_apache2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_apache2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8ee3e972 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_apache2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_apache2" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-ti1">Configure webserver</title><subtitle>drakwizard apache2</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_apache2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up a web +server. + </para> + <section> + <title>What is a web server?</title> + <para> + Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be +accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia) + </para> + </section> + <section> + <title>Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2</title> + <para> + Welcome to the web server wizard. + </para> + <procedure> + <step> + <title>简介</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad +things. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>Server User Module</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Allows users to create their own sites. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>User web directory name</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step4.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will +display it. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>Server Document Root</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step5.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>小结</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step6.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Take a second to check these options, then click +<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>完成</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_apache2-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-web-step7.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>. + </para> + </step> + </procedure> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_bind.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_bind.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..365939e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_bind.xml @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_bind" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakwizard_bind-ti1">配置 DNS</title><subtitle>drakwizard bind</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_bind-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_bind.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you +can write this help, please contact <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc +team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + + + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_dhcp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_dhcp.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d641358f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_dhcp.xml @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-ti1">配置 DHCP</title> + + <subtitle>drakwizard dhcp</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im1" fileref="drakwizard_dhcp.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para><note> + <para>This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net +interfaces</para> + </note></para> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> can help you to set up a +<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should +be installed before you can access to it.</para> + + <section> + <title>What is DHCP?</title> + + <para>The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a +standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically +configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet +communication. (From Wikipedia)</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp</title> + + <para>Welcome to the DHCP server wizard.</para> + + <procedure> + <step> + <title>简介</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + </step> + + <step> + <title>Selecting Adaptor</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for +which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click +<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + </step> + + <step> + <title>Select IP range</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im4"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want +the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to +some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then +click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + </step> + + <step> + <title>小结</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png" revision="1" align="center" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im5" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Take a second to check these options, then click +<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + </step> + + <step> + <title>Hold on...</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im6"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and +change things around.</para> + </step> + + <step> + <title>Hours later...</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" fileref="drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png" align="center" format="PNG" xml:id="drakwizard_dhcp-im7"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + </procedure> + </section> + + <section> + <title>What is done</title> + + <para><itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from +<code>/usr/share/wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and +adding the new parameters:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><code>hname</code></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><code>dns</code></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>net</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>ip</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><code>mask</code></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><code>rng1</code></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><code>rng2</code></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><code>dname</code></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><code>gateway</code></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><code>tftpserverip</code></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><code>dhcpd_interface</code></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Also modifying Webmin configuration file +<code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</code></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_ntp.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_ntp.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0a190bd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_ntp.xml @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-ti1">配置时间</title> + + <subtitle>drakwizard ntp</subtitle> + </info> + + + + <mediaobject> + <!-- 2013-10-25 Lebarhon - 3 screenshots ready to be added when it is possible --> +<imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_ntp.png" format="PNG" + revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_ntp-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> purpose is to set the time of +your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed by +default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base +packages.</para> + + <section> + <title>Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp</title> + + <procedure> + <step> + <para>After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three +time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice +because this server always points to available time servers.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp2.png"> + <info> +<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/></info> + </imagedata> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + + <step> + <para>The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you +arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it +using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, +click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It +may take a while and you finally get this screen below:</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="drakwizard-ntp3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </step> + + <step> + <para>Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool</para> + </step> + </procedure> + + <para/> + </section> + + <section> + <title>What is done</title> + + <para>This tool executes the following steps:</para> + + <para><itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to +<code>/etc/sysconfig/clock.orig</code> and +<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to +<code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers.orig</code>;</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of +servers;</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server +name;</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and +<code>ntpd</code> services;</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_proftpd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_proftpd.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5d616d4a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_proftpd.xml @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-ti1">配置 FTP</title><subtitle>drakwizard proftpd</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_proftpd.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an +<acronym>FTP</acronym> server. + </para> + <section> + <title>What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?</title> + <para> + File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network +protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a +<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia) + </para> + </section> + <section> + <title>Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd</title> + <para> + Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up. + </para> + <procedure> + <step> + <title>简介</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad +things. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>Server Information</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email +complaints too and whether to allow root login access. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>Server Options</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> +(File eXchange Protocol) + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>小结</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Take a second to check these options, then click +<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>完成</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_proftpd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>. + </para> + </step> + </procedure> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_squid.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_squid.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e7432eb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_squid.xml @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="drakwizard_squid" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakwizard_squid-ti1">配置代理服务器</title> + + <subtitle>drakwizard squid</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard_squid.png" format="PNG" + revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> can help you to set up a +proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed +before you can access to it.</para> + + <section> + <title>What is a proxy server?</title> + + <para>A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts +as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other +servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, +such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a +different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to +simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid</title> + + <para>Welcome to the proxy server wizard.</para> + + <procedure> + <step> + <title>简介</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step1.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im2"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + </step> + + <step> + <title>Selecting the proxy port</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step2.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im3"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click +<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + </step> + + <step> + <title>Set Memory and Disk Usage</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step3.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im4"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + </step> + + <step> + <title>Select Network Access Control</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step4.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im5"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Set visibility to local network or world, then click +<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + </step> + + <step> + <title>Grant Network Access</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step5.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im6"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + </step> + + <step> + <title>Use Upper Level Proxy Server?</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step6.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im7"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step.</para> + </step> + + <step> + <title>Upper Level Proxy URL and Port</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step7.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im8"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click +<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + </step> + + <step> + <title>小结</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step8.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im9"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Take a second to check these options, then click +<guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + </step> + + <step> + <title>Start during boot?</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step9.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im10"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then +click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + </step> + + <step> + <title>完成</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="drakwizard-proxy-step10.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="drakwizard_squid-im11"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>.</para> + </step> + </procedure> + </section> + + <section> + <title>What is done</title> + + <para><itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Installing the package squid if needed;</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in +<code>/etc/squid/squid.conf.orig;</code></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from +<code>squid.conf.default</code> and adding the new parameters:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><code>cache_dir</code></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><code>localnet</code></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>cache_mem</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>http_port</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><code>cache_peer</code></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><code>visible_hostname</code></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Restarting <code>squid.</code></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist></para> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_sshd.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_sshd.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70c3d061 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakwizard_sshd.xml @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakwizard_sshd" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-ti1">OpenSSH 守护程序配置</title><subtitle>drakwizard sshd</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard_sshd.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + + <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> can help you to set up an +<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon. + </para> + <section> + <title>What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?</title> + <para> + Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data +communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and +other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, +via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client +(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, +respectively). (From Wikipedia) + </para> + </section> + <section> + <title>Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd</title> + <para> + Welcome to the Open SSH wizard. + </para> + <procedure> + <step> + <title>Select Type of Configure Options</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im2" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or +<guilabel>Newbie</guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click +<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>常规选项</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im3" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard +<acronym>SSH</acronym> port. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>Authentication Methods</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im4" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, +then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>Logging</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im5" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Choose logging facility and level of output, then click +<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>Login Options</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im6" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>User Login Options</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im7" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>Compression and Forwarding</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im8" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click +<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>小结</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im9" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + Take a second to check these options, then click +<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. + </para> + </step> + <step> + <title>完成</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="drakwizard_sshd-im10" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para> + You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>. + </para> + </step> + </procedure> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakxservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakxservices.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7c3af43b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/drakxservices.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="drakxservices" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="drakxservices-ti1">启用或禁用系统服务</title><subtitle>drakxservices</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata width="80%" xml:id="drakxservices-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="drakxservices.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you +can write this help, please contact <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Doc +team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">drakxservices</emphasis> as root.</para> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/harddrake2.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/harddrake2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..66a13662 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/harddrake2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="harddrake2" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + <info> + <title xml:id="harddrake2-ti1">Hardware configuration</title> + + <subtitle>harddrake2</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="harddrake2.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="harddrake2-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">harddrake2</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> gives a general view of the +hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job to +look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command +<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in +<code>ldetect-lst</code> package.</para> + + <section> + <title>The window</title> + + <para>The window is divided in two columns.</para> + + <para>The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are +grouped by categories. Click on the > to expand the content of a +category. Each device can be selected in this column.</para> + + <para>The right column displays information about the selected device. The +<guimenu>Help -> Fields description</guimenu> gives some information +about the content of the fields.</para> + + <para>According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are +available at the bottom of the right column:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to +parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must +used by experts only.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can +configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para/> + </section> + + <section> + <title>The menu</title> + + <para><bridgehead>选项</bridgehead></para> + + <para>The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to +enable automatic detection:</para> + + <para><itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>modem</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Jaz devices</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Zip parallel devices</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist>By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check +the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will +be operational the next time this tool is started.</para> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/keyboarddrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/keyboarddrake.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b79a6adb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/keyboarddrake.xml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="keyboarddrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="keyboarddrake-ti1">Set up the Keyboard Layout</title> + + + + <!-- 2012-09-02 marja changed the title to "Set up the Keyboard Layout", so it is the same as the title in MCC --> +<subtitle>keyboarddrake</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" align="center" fileref="keyboarddrake.png" xml:id="keyboarddrake-im1" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <section> + <title>简介</title> + + <para>The keyboarddrake tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> helps you +configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on +Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can +be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled +"Configure mouse and keyboard".</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Keyboard Layout</title> + + <para>Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed +in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each +layout should be used for.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Keyboard Type</title> + + <para>This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are +unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type.</para> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/localedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/localedrake.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c9f8038 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/localedrake.xml @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="localedrake" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + <info> + <title xml:id="localedrake-ti1">系统本地化管理</title> + + <subtitle>localedrake</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="localedrake.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="localedrake-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">localedrake</emphasis> as root. + </para></footnote> can be found in the System +section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "Manage localization for +your system". It opens with a window in which you can choose your +language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during installation.</para> + + <para>The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate +compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8).</para> + + <para>The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected +language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to +countries not listed.</para> + + <para>You have to restart your session after any modifications.</para> + +<section xml:id="input_method"> + <info> + <title xml:id="input_method-ti1">输入法</title> + </info> + <para>In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an +input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input +methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, +Korean, etc).</para> + <para> For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so +users should not need to configure it manually.</para> + <para>Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions +and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another +part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref>.</para> +</section> + +</section> + diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/logdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/logdrake.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fc5f84d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/logdrake.xml @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="logdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="logdrake-ti1">查看并搜索系统日志</title> + + <subtitle>logdrake</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="logdrake-im1" format="PNG" fileref="logdrake.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">logdrake</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> is found in the Mageia +Control Center System tab, labelled "<guilabel>View and search system +logs</guilabel>".</para> + + <para/> + + <section> + <title>To do a search in the logs</title> + + <para>First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis +role="bold">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to +<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field +<emphasis role="bold">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) +to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is +possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis +role="bold">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the +month and year, and check "<guibutton>Show only for the selected +day</guibutton>". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button +to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the +file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by +clicking on the <emphasis role="bold">Save</emphasis> button.</para> + + <note> + <para>The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia +configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are +updated each time a configuration is modified.</para> + </note> + </section> + + <section> + <title>To configure a mail alert</title> + + <para><guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and +the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured +address.</para> + + <para>To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role="bold">Mail +Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> +Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the +running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to +look watch. (See screenshot above).</para> + + <para>The following services can be watched :</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Webmin 服务</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Postfix 邮件服务</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>FTP 服务器</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Apache WWW 服务器</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>SSH 服务器</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Samba 服务器</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Xinetd 服务</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>BIND Domain Name Resolve</para> + + <para><mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="logdrake1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider +unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows +the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone +out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value +to 3 times the number of processors.</para> + + <para>In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the +person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local +or on the Internet).</para> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/lsnetdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/lsnetdrake.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..56b52ed9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/lsnetdrake.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section +xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" +xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" +xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" +xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" +xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" +xml:id="lsnetdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="lsnetdrake-ti1">Display Available NFS And SMB Shares</title> + <subtitle>lsnetdrake</subtitle> + </info> + + <para>This tool <footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">lsnetdrake</emphasis>. + </para> + </footnote> can only be started and used +on the command line.</para> + + <para>This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you +can write this help, please contact <link +ns2:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team"> the Documentation +team.</link> Thanking you in advance.</para> + +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/lspcidrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/lspcidrake.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fdafedef --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/lspcidrake.xml @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="lspcidrake"> + <info> + <title xml:id="lspcidrake-ti1">Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information</title> + + <subtitle>lspcidrake</subtitle> + </info> + + <para>This tool <footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">lspcidrake</emphasis>.</para> + </footnote> can only be started and used +on the command line. It will give some more information if used under root.</para> + + <para>lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, +PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst +packages to work.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications.</para> + + <para>lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it +is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:</para> + + <para>Information about the graphic card;</para> + + <para><command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command></para> + + <para>Information about the network</para> + + <para><command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command></para> + + <para>-i to ignore case distinctions.</para> + + <para>In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for +lspcidrake and the -i option for grep.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="lspcidrake2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is +called <emphasis role="bold">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)</para> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-boot.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-boot.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5461bc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-boot.xml @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="mcc-boot"> + <info> + <title xml:id="mcc-boot-ti1">引导</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="mcc-boot.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="mcc-boot-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + + <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot +steps. Click on a link below to learn more.</para> + + + <orderedlist><title>配置启动步骤</title> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakautologin"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakboot"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakedm"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <xi:include href="drakautologin.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drakboot.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drakedm.xml"></xi:include> + + +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-hardware.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-hardware.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..64513ff8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-hardware.xml @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="mcc-hardware"> + <info> + <title xml:id="mcc-hardware-ti1">硬件</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="mcc-hardware.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="mcc-hardware-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your +hardware. Click on a link below to learn more.</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + + <orderedlist><title>管理硬件</title> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="harddrake2"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure +hardware</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="draksound"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + + <orderedlist><title>配置图形</title> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drak3d"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="XFdrake"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + + <orderedlist><title>配置鼠标和键盘</title> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="keyboarddrake"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="mousedrake"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + + <orderedlist><title>配置打印和扫描</title> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="system-config-printer"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), +the print job queues, ...</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="scannerdrake"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + + <orderedlist><title>其它</title> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakups"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <xi:include href="harddrake2.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="draksound.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drak3d.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="XFdrake.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="keyboarddrake.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="mousedrake.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="system-config-printer.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="scannerdrake.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drakups.xml"></xi:include> + +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-intro.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-intro.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..11c7abdb --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-intro.xml @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> + +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xml:id="mcc-intro"><info><title xml:id="mcc-intro-ti1">About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center</title></info> + + + <para>The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to +choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was +installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be +selected in the big right panel.</para> + + <para>The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related +tools.</para> + +<para>The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in +any of the MCC tabs.</para> + + <para>The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool +screens.</para> + + <para>There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on +the "Search" tab in the left column.</para> + + </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-localdisks.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-localdisks.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec0f94c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-localdisks.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> + +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-localdisks" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + + <info> + <title xml:id="mcc-localdisks-ti1">本地磁盘</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="mcc-localdisks-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-localdisks.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your +local disks. Click on a link below to learn more.</para> + + <orderedlist><title>本地磁盘</title> + <listitem><para><xref linkend="drakdisk"></xref></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--removable"></xref></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--fileshare"></xref></para></listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <xi:include href="drakdisk.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake--removable.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake--fileshare.xml"></xi:include> + + + </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-network.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-network.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d2bf479b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-network.xml @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-network" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:lang="英语"> + <info> + <title xml:id="mcc-network-ti1">Network and Internet</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-network.png" xml:id="mcc-network-im1" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link +below to learn more.</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <orderedlist> + <title>管理网络设备</title> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="draknetcenter"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakconnect"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakconnect--del"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <orderedlist> + <title>个性化与网络安全</title> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakproxy"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakgw"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="draknetprofile"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakvpn"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <orderedlist> + <title>其它</title> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakhosts"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <xi:include href="draknetcenter.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="drakconnect.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="drakconnect--del.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="drakproxy.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="drakgw.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="draknetprofile.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="drakvpn.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="drakhosts.xml"/> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-networkservices.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-networkservices.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ceff02c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-networkservices.xml @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="mcc-networkservices"> + <info> + <title xml:id="mcc-networkservices-ti1">网络服务</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="mcc-networkservices.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="mcc-networkservices-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if +the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose +between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or +on <xref linkend="mcc-sharing"/>to learn more.</para> + + <orderedlist><title>网络服务</title> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_dhcp"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_bind"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_squid"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_ntp"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_sshd"/></para> + </listitem> + + </orderedlist> + + <xi:include href="drakwizard_dhcp.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drakwizard_bind.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drakwizard_squid.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drakwizard_ntp.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drakwizard_sshd.xml"></xi:include> + +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-networksharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-networksharing.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..47992a9a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-networksharing.xml @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mcc-networksharing" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="mcc-networksharing-ti1">网络共享</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="mcc-networksharing-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="mcc-networksharing.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and +directories. Click on a link below to learn more.</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <orderedlist><title>配置 Windows(R) 共享</title> + <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--smb"></xref></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><xref linkend="draksambashare"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and +directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis></para></listitem> + </orderedlist></listitem> + <listitem> + <orderedlist><title>配置 NFS 共享</title> + <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--nfs"></xref></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><xref linkend="draknfs"></xref></para></listitem> + </orderedlist></listitem> + <listitem> + <orderedlist><title>配置 WebDAV 共享</title> + <listitem><para><xref linkend="diskdrake--dav"></xref></para></listitem> + </orderedlist></listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake--smb.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="draksambashare.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake--nfs.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="draknfs.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake--dav.xml"></xi:include> + + </section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-security.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-security.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..74db1920 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-security.xml @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="mcc-security"> + <info> + <title xml:id="mcc-security-ti1">安全</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="mcc-security.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="mcc-security-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a +link below to learn more.</para> + + <orderedlist><title>安全</title> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="msecgui"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, permissions +and audit</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakfirewall"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="draksec"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakinvictus"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakguard"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <xi:include href="msecgui.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drakfirewall.xml"></xi:include> + <xi:include href="draksec.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drakinvictus.xml"></xi:include> + <xi:include href="drakguard.xml"></xi:include> + +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-sharing.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-sharing.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b9f6bd1d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-sharing.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="mcc-sharing"> + <info> + <title xml:id="mcc-sharing-ti1">共享</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="mcc-sharing.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="mcc-sharing-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only +visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can +choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link +below or on <xref linkend="mcc-networkservices"/>to learn more.</para> + + <orderedlist><title>共享</title> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_proftpd"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakwizard_apache2"/></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <xi:include href="drakwizard_proftpd.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drakwizard_apache2.xml"></xi:include> + +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-system.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-system.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d302c2fe --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mcc-system.xml @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="mcc-system"> + <info> + <title xml:id="mcc-system-ti1">系统</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="mcc-system.png" xml:id="mcc-system-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>In this screen you can choose between several system and administration +tools. Click on a link below to learn more.</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + + <orderedlist><title>管理系统服务</title> + <listitem> + <para> <xref linkend="drakauth"></xref> </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakxservices"></xref></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakfont"></xref></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + + <orderedlist><title>本地化</title> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakclock"></xref></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="localedrake"></xref></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> +</listitem> + + <listitem> + + <orderedlist><title>管理工具</title> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="logdrake"></xref></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakconsole"></xref></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="userdrake"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on +system</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="transfugdrake"></xref></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="draksnapshot-config"></xref></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> +</listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <xi:include href="drakauth.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drakxservices.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drakfont.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drakclock.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="localedrake.xml"></xi:include> + + + <xi:include href="logdrake.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drakconsole.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="userdrake.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="transfugdrake.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="draksnapshot-config.xml"></xi:include> + +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mgaapplet-config.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mgaapplet-config.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..551b807b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mgaapplet-config.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mgaapplet-config" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="mgaapplet-config-ti1">配置更新频率</title> + + <subtitle>mgaapplet-config</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="mgaapplet-config-im1" format="PNG" fileref="mgaapplet-config.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> is present in the Mageia +Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Software +management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / +Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <inlinemediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="MageiaUpdate1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </inlinemediaobject> in the system tray.</para> + + <para/> + + <para>The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for +updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The +check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is +out.</para> + + <para/> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mousedrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mousedrake.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c0b9d1d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/mousedrake.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="mousedrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <info> + <title xml:id="mousedrake-ti1">设置指点设备(鼠标、触摸板)</title> + + <subtitle>mousedrake</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="mousedrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="mousedrake.png" align="center" format="PNG" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">mousedrake</emphasis> as root.</para></footnote> is present in the Mageia +Control Center under the tab <emphasis role="bold">Hardware</emphasis>.</para> + + <para>As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by +Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse.</para> + + <para>The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse +and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time "Universal / Any +PS/2 & USB mice" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is +immediately taken into account.</para> + + </section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/msecgui.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/msecgui.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bdee87bc --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/msecgui.xml @@ -0,0 +1,358 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="msecgui"> + <info> + <title xml:id="msecgui-ti1">MSEC: 系统安全审计</title> + + <subtitle>msecgui</subtitle> + </info> + + + + + <mediaobject> + <!-- written by Lebarhon 2014/01/03 To be checked--> +<imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="msecgui-im1" revision="1" fileref="msecgui.png" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + + <section> + <title>Presentation</title> + + <para>msecgui<footnote><para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">msecgui</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> is a graphic user interface for +msec that allows to configure your system security according to two +approaches:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to +make it more secure.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn +you if something seems dangerous.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>msec uses the concept of "security levels" which are intended to configure a +set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or +enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your +own customised security levels.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Overview tab</title> + + <para>See the screenshot above</para> + + <para>The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a +button on the right side to configure them:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>msec itself with some information:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>enabled or not</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>the configured Base security level</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report +and another button to execute the checks just now.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Security settings tab</title> + + <para>A click on the second tab or on the Security +<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown +below.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="msecgui2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + + <section> + <title>Basic security tab</title> + + <para role="underline"> + <emphasis role="underline">Security levels:</emphasis> + </para> + + <para>After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab +allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then +in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The +following levels are available:</para> + + <orderedlist numeration="arabic"> + <listitem> + <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you +do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on +your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or +constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only +if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system +vulnerable to attack.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">standard</emphasis>. This is the default +configuration when installed and is intended for casual users. It +constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which +detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory +permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec +versions).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Level <emphasis role="bold">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when +you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts +system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to +the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and +5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions).</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, +such as the <emphasis role="bold">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis +role="bold">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis +role="bold">netbook</emphasis> levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure +system security according to the most common use cases.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>The last two levels called <emphasis role="bold">audit_daily </emphasis> and +<emphasis role="bold">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security levels +but rather tools for periodic checks only.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <para>These levels are saved in +<filename>etc/security/msec/level.<levelname></filename>. You can define +your own customised security levels, saving them into specific files called +<filename>level.<levelname></filename>, placed into the folder +<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is intended for power +users which require a customised or more secure system configuration.</para> + + <caution> + <para>Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default +level settings.</para> + </caution> + + <para> + <emphasis role="underline">Security alerts:</emphasis> + </para> + + <para>If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email +to:</guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent +by local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You +can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail +and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive +the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to +enable it.</para> + + <important> + <para>It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to +immediately inform the security administrator of possible security +problems. If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs +files available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename></para></important> + + <para><emphasis role="underline">Security options:</emphasis></para> + + <para>Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer +security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change +any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in +<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains +the current security level name and the list of all the modifications done +to the options.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>System security tab</title> + + <para>This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a +description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side +column.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="msecgui3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see +screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the +actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be +selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the +choice.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="msecgui11.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <caution> + <para>Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration +using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you +have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before +saving them.</para> + </caution> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="msecgui10.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> + + <section> + <title>网络安全</title> + + <para>This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="msecgui4.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Periodic checks tab</title> + + <para>Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of +security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous.</para> + + <para>This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency +if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is +checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="msecgui5.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Exceptions tab</title> + + <para>Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In +these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab +allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert +messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot +below shows four exceptions.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="msecgui6.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> +button</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="msecgui7.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called +<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the +<guilabel>Exception</guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is +obviously not definitive, you can either delete it using the +<guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> +tab or modify it with a double clicK.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>权限</title> + <para>This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and +enforcement.</para> + <para>Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, +secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security +level. You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them +into specific files called <filename>perm.<levelname> </filename> placed +into the folder <filename>etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is +intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is +also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission +you want. Current configuration is stored in +<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the +list of all the modifications done to the permissions.</para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="msecgui8.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para>Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You +can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the +owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a +given rule:</para> + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the +defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message +if not, but does not change anything.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the +permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the +permissions.</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + <important><para>For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis +role="bold">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly.</para></important><para>To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button +and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in +the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification.</para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="msecgui9.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <para>Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do +not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the +menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed +the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them. </para> + <note><para>It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the +configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>. + </para></note> + <caution><para>Changes in the <emphasis role="bold">Permission tab</emphasis> (or directly +in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first periodic +check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role="bold">Periodic +checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately into +account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You can +use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will be +changed by msecperms.</para></caution> + <caution><para>Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file +manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked +in the <emphasis role="bold">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will write +the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the configuration of +the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the <emphasis +role="bold">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>.</para></caution> + </section> + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/otherMageiaTools.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/otherMageiaTools.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a27e1ab4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/otherMageiaTools.xml @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="otherMageiaTools"> + <info> + <title xml:id="otherMageiaTools-ti1">Other Mageia Tools</title> + </info> + + <para>There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia +Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the +next pages.</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakbug"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis> + </para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakbug_report"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="lsnetdrake"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="lspcidrake"/></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>And more tools?</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <xi:include href="drakbug.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="drakbug_report.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="lsnetdrake.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="lspcidrake.xml"></xi:include> + + +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/rpmdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/rpmdrake.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2bd2b0d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/rpmdrake.xml @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="rpmdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN"> + <!--2012-09-03 marja expanded xml:id's of section and title below, because they conflicted with identical xml:id's in another page of MCC help, also replaced first para in some sections with title tags, removed figure tags--> +<info annotations="simonnzg 6jan2013"> + <title xml:id="rpmdrake-ti1">Software Management (Install and Remove Software)</title> + + <subtitle>rpmdrake</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="rpmdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="rpmdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + + + <section xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction"> + <title xml:id="rpmdrake-introduction-ti1">Introduction to rpmdrake</title> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote>, also known as drakrpm, is a +program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the +graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online +package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official +servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages +available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only +certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by +default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed +packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries +of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names +included in the packages.</para> + + <para>To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref +linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para> + + <important> + <para>During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for +the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake +will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up window +: <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake8.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject>If the above message annoys you +and you have a good internet connection without too strict download limit, +it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online repositories +thanks to <xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"/> .</para> + + <para>Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more +packages, and allow to update your installed packages.</para> + </important> + </section> + + <section> + <title>The main parts of the screen</title> + + <screenshot> +<mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject></screenshot> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Package type filter:</emphasis></para> + + <para>This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first +time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical +interface. You can display either all the packages and all their +dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, +updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia.</para> + + <warning> + <para>The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who +probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading +this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge +of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to "All".</para> + </warning> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><firstterm> <emphasis role="bold">Package state filter:</emphasis> +</firstterm></para> + + <para>This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the +packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and +not installed.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Search mode:</emphasis></para> + + <para>Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their +summaries, through their complete description or through the files included +in the packages.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">"Find" box:</emphasis></para> + + <para>Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword +for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for "mplayer" and +"xine" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Erase all:</emphasis></para> + + <para>This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the "Find" box +.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Categories list:</emphasis></para> + + <para>This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and +sub categories.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para><emphasis role="bold">Description panel:</emphasis></para> + + <para>This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete +description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It +can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the +package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>The status column</title> + + <para>Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by +category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A +list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium +is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is +installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or +uncheck the box before the package name and click on +<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para> + + <para><table> + <title/> + + <tgroup cols="2" align="left"> + <colspec align="center"/> + + <thead> + <row> + <entry align="center">图标</entry> + + <entry valign="middle" align="center">Legend</entry> + </row> + </thead> + + <tbody> + <row> + <entry><mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject></entry> + + <entry valign="middle">This package is already installed</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry><mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject></entry> + + <entry valign="middle">This package will be installed</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry><mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake4.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject></entry> + + <entry valign="middle">This package cannot be modified</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry><mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake5.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject></entry> + + <entry valign="middle">This package is an update</entry> + </row> + + <row> + <entry><mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="../rpmdrake6.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject></entry> + + <entry valign="middle">This package will be uninstalled</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table></para> + + <para>Examples in the screenshot above:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status +icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking +on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange +with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when +clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>The dependencies</title> + + <screenshot> +<mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="rpmdrake7.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject></screenshot> + + <para>Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They +are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an +information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected +dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It +may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed +library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a +button to get more information and another button to choose which package to +install.</para> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/scannerdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/scannerdrake.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eb5d75b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/scannerdrake.xml @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<section version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="scannerdrake" + xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" + xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" + xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" + xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" + xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" + xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"> + <info> + <title xml:id="scannerdrake-ti1">设置扫描仪</title> + <subtitle>scannerdrake</subtitle> + </info> + + + + <section xml:id="scannerinstallation"> + <info> + <title xml:id="scannerinstallation-ti1">安装</title> + </info> + + <para>This tool <footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing +<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> allows you to configure a +single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. It +also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a +remote computer or to access remote scanners.</para> + + <para>When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following +message:</para> + + <para><emphasis>"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis></para> + + <para><emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?"</emphasis></para> + + <para>Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install +<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet +installed.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="scannerdrake-im1"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see +the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, +<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>.</para> + + <para>In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner +sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref +linkend="scannersharing"/>.</para> + + + <para>However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its +cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new +scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a +scanner manually</emphasis>.</para> + + <para>Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the +list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis></para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake2.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="scannerdrake-im2"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <note> + <para>If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click +<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis></para> + + <para>Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link +xlink:href="http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html">SANE: +Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link +xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para> + </note> + +<figure xml:id="choosescannerport"> +<info> + <title xml:id="choosescannerport-ti1">Choose port</title> + </info> <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake3.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="scannerdrake-im3"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject></figure> + + <para>You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available +ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that +case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one.</para> + + <para>After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen +similar to the one below.</para> +<para>If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref +linkend="scannerextrasteps"/>.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake4.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="scannerdrake-im4"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </section> + + <section xml:id="scannersharing"> + <info> + <title xml:id="scannersharing-ti2">Scannersharing</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake5.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="scannerdrake-im5"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be +accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also +decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on +this machine.</para> + + <para>Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or +deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on +this computer.</para> + + <para>Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted +from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake6.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="scannerdrake-im6"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake7.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="scannerdrake-im7"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote +machines.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake8.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="scannerdrake-im8"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>"All remote machines" are allowed to access the local scanner.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata align="center" fileref="scannerdrake9.png" + format="PNG" revision="1" + xml:id="scannerdrake-im9"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool +offers to do it.</para> + + <para>At the end, the tool will alter these files:</para> + + <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis></para> + + <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis></para> + + <para><emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive +"net"</para> + + <para>It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and +<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot.</para> + </section> + +<section xml:id="scannerspecifics"> + <info> + <title xml:id="scannerspecifics-ti2">Specifics</title> + </info> + + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>惠普</para> + + <para>Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> +(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow +you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device +Manager</emphasis>.</para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>爱普生</para> + + <para>Drivers are available from <link +xlink:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this +page</link>. When indicated, you must install the +<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then +<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the +<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict +with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be +ignored.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + +</section> + +<section xml:id="scannerextrasteps"> + <info> + <title xml:id="scannerextrasteps-ti1">Extra installation steps</title> + </info> + + <para>It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref +linkend="choosescannerport"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra +steps to correctly configure your scanner.</para> + +<itemizedlist> + + <listitem> +<para>In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded +each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, +after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the +firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you +downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor.</para><para> + When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at +each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient.</para> +</listitem> + + <listitem> +<para>Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the +<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"name_of_your_SANE_backend".conf file.</emphasis> </para> + </listitem> + +<listitem> +<para>Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know +what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link +xlink:href="http://forums.mageia.org/en/">forums</link>.</para> +</listitem> + +</itemizedlist> + + </section> +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/software-management.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/software-management.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5d3f8c39 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/software-management.xml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:lang="英语" +xml:id="software-management"> + <info> + <title xml:id="software-management-ti1">软件管理</title> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="software-management-im1" revision="1" align="center" format="PNG" fileref="software-management.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>In this screen you can choose between several tools for software +management. Click on a link below to learn more.</para> + <orderedlist><title>软件管理</title> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="rpmdrake"></xref></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="MageiaUpdate"></xref><emphasis> = Update your +system</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="mgaapplet-config"></xref></para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><xref linkend="drakrpm-edit-media"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media +sources for install and update</emphasis></para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <xi:include href="rpmdrake.xml"></xi:include> + <xi:include href="MageiaUpdate.xml"></xi:include> + <xi:include href="mgaapplet-config.xml"></xi:include> + <xi:include href="drakrpm-edit-media.xml"></xi:include> + + +</section> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/system-config-printer.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/system-config-printer.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cb6a0a6b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/system-config-printer.xml @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="system-config-printer"> + + + + + <info> + <!-- Language proof JohnR 2012/08/28 --> +<!-- 2012-09-03 marja: made the link to Complete the installation process work (I hope) + Lebarhon : added All in one devices in the chapter "Hewlett-Packard printers" 12/13--> +<title xml:id="system-config-printer-ti1">Install and configure a printer</title> + + <subtitle>system-config-printer</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata revision="1" align="center" xml:id="system-config-printer-im1" format="PNG" fileref="system-config-printer.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <section xml:id="introduction"> + <title xml:id="introduction-ti1">简介</title> + + <para>Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link +ns2:title="CUPS" ns2:href="http://localhost:631">configuration +interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia +offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer +which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu +and openSUSE.</para> + + <para>You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the +installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way.</para> + + <para>Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> +section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure +printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing +<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked +for.</para> + </footnote>.</para> + + <para>MCC will ask for the installation two packages:</para> + + <blockquote> + <para>task-printing-server</para> + + <para>task-printing-hp</para> + </blockquote> + + <para>It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of +dependencies are needed.</para> + + <para>To add a printer, choose the "Add" printer button. The system will try to +detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a +printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a +printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window +will also attempt to configure a network printer.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="automatic"> + <title>Automatically detected printer</title> + + <para>This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the +name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click +"Next". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be +automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known +drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the +next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend="terminate"/></para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="non_automatic"> + <title>No automatically detected printer</title> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="printer3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window +to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following +options.</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Select printer from database</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>provide PPD file</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>search for a driver to download</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer +first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one +driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have +encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one +which know to work.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="terminate"> + <title>Complete the installation process</title> + + <para>After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will +allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is +the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of +available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After +this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available +printers.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="network_printer"> + <title>Network printer</title> + + <para>Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or +wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to +another workstation that serves as printserver.</para> + + <note> + <para>Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed +IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same +as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed +one.</para> + </note> + + <para>The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or +printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a +configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label +on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a +Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it +as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters +after "HWaddr".</para> + + <para>You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to +your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, +you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find +Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu +and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it +says "host".</para> + + <para>If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a +protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the +list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list.</para> + + <para>Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find +which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="network_printing_protocols"> + <title>Network printing protocols</title> + + <para>One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as +JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network +via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is +known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers +which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the +IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool "Hp Device manager" can +manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like +<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed +IP-adress is not required.</para> + + <para>Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the +protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change +the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be +changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is +the same as above.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="printer5.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>The other protocols are:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can +be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer +connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by +some ADSL-routers.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, +but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be +defined. By default, the port 631 is used.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but +with TLS secured protocol.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be +accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer +connected to a station using LPD.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para><emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a +station running Windows or a SMB server and shared.</para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form +the URI:</para> + + <itemizedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Appsocket</para> + + <para><uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</para> + + <para><uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para> + + <para><uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri></para> + </listitem> + + <listitem> + <para>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</para> + + <para><uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri></para> + </listitem> + </itemizedlist> + + <para>Additional information can be found in the <link +ns2:href="http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html">CUPS +documentation.</link></para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="properties"> + <title>Device Properties</title> + + <para>You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to +parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your +system, but you can specify a different one with the +<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, +another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters +of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | +<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem></para> + </section> + + <section> + <title xml:id="troubleshoot">Troubleshoot</title> + + <para>You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by +inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename></para> + + <para>You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the +<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu.</para> + </section> + + <section xml:id="specificities"> + <title>Specifics</title> + + <para>It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in +Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link +ns2:href="http://openprinting.org/printers/">openprinting</link> site to +check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package +is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, +redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report +the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this +tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer +works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other +up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Brother printers</emphasis></para> + + <para><link +ns2:href="http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/download_prn.html">This +page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver +for your device, download the rpm(s) and install.</para> + + <para>You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one +devices</emphasis></para> + + <para>These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the +detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information +<link +ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html">here</link>. The +tool "HP Device Manager" is available in the <guilabel>System</guilabel> +menu. Also view <link +ns2:href="http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html">configuration</link> +for the management of the printer.</para> + + <para>A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner +features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't +allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this +case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the +picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, +open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory +card which is appeared in the /media folder.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Samsung colour printer</emphasis></para> + + <para>For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link +ns2:href="http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/">this site provides drivers</link> for +the QPDL protocol.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis></para> + + <para>Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link +ns2:href="http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX">this +search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "iscan-data" +package first, then "iscan" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also +be available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages +according to your architecture. </para> + + <para> It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a +conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Canon printers</emphasis></para> + + <para>For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint +<link ns2:href="http://www.turboprint.info/">available here </link>.</para> + </section> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/transfugdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/transfugdrake.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..186c7fb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/transfugdrake.xml @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xml:id="transfugdrake" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:lang="英语"> + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Written by yurchor 2013-07-03 --> +<!-- Tproof --> +<!-- --> +<title xml:id="transfugdrake-ti1">导入 Windows™ 文档和设置</title> + + <subtitle>transfugdrake</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="transfugdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="transfugdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> is found under the <emphasis +role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled +<guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel></para> + + <para>The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings +from a <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark +class="registered">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark +class="registered">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> +installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation.</para> + + <warning> + <para>Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake +immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>.</para> + </warning> + + <para>After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some +explanation about the tool and import options.</para> + + <para>As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the +<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of +<trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> installation.</para> + + <para>When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to +choose accounts in <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> and +Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account +than yours own.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <note> + <para>Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of +transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> +user account names with special symbols can be displayed incorrectly.</para> + </note> + + <note> + <para>Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders.</para> + </note> + + <warning> + <para>Some <trademark class="registered">Windows</trademark> applications +(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For +example, NVidia drivers in <trademark +class="registered">Windows</trademark>are updated using +<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the +import purposes.</para> + </warning> + + <para>When you finished with the accounts selection press +<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method +to import documents:</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark +class="registered">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My +Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My +Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the +appropriate item in this window.</para> + + <para>When you finished with the document import method choosing press +<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method +to import bookmarks:</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and +<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia +<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance.</para> + + <para>Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> +button.</para> + + + + <!-- Does not work as expected, might be due to incompatible version of OE + <para> +With transfugdrake, it is possible to import <emphasis>Outlook Express</emphasis> settings and mail archives into <emphasis>Evolution</emphasis>.</para> + + <para>When you finished with the mail import method choosing press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import mail:</para> +--> +<para>The next page allows you to import desktop background:</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake4.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> +button.</para> + + <para>The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the +<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="transfugdrake5.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/userdrake.xml b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/userdrake.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6dd4014f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/mcc-help/zh_CN/userdrake.xml @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?><section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns2="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_CN" xml:id="userdrake"> + + + + + + + + + <info> + <!-- Written AM desmottes (lebarhon) 2012-08-27 --> +<!-- Tproof --> +<!-- Preliminary lproof JohnR 2012-08-30 --> +<!-- --> +<title xml:id="userdrake-ti1">用户和组</title> + + <subtitle>userdrake</subtitle> + </info> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata xml:id="userdrake-im1" revision="1" fileref="userdrake.png" align="center" format="PNG"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>This tool<footnote> + <para>You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis +role="bold">userdrake</emphasis> as root.</para> + </footnote> is found under the <emphasis +role="bold">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled +"Manage users on system"</para> + + <para>The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this +means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings +(ID, shell, ...)</para> + + <para>When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in +the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the +<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way.</para> + + <para><guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton></para> + + <para>This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="userdrake1.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>The field <emphasis role="bold">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the +entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything +or nothing as well!</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Login</emphasis> is the only required field.</para> + + <para>Setting a <emphasis role="bold">Password</emphasis> is highly +recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the +password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should +use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The +shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure +you entered what you intended to.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that allows +you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options are +Bash, Dash and Sh.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if +checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new +user as the only member (this may be edited).</para> + + <para>The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately +after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">2 Add Group</emphasis></para> + + <para>You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific +group ID.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)</para> + + <para><guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given +for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed).</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Account Info</emphasis>:</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="userdrake2.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para>The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. +Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary +accounts.</para> + + <para>The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long +as the account is locked.</para> + + <para>It is also possible to change the icon.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an +expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his +password periodically.</para> + + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="userdrake3.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups that +the user is a member of.</para> + + <note> + <para>If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be +effective until his/her next login.</para> + </note> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the group +name.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the users +who are members of the group</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">5 Delete</emphasis></para> + + <para>Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis +role="bold">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to +ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group +has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well.</para> + + <warning> + <para>It is possible to delete a group which is not empty.</para> + </warning> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">6 Refresh</emphasis></para> + + <para>The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to +refresh the display.</para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">7 Guest Account</emphasis></para> + + <para><emphasis role="bold">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is intended +to give somebody temporary access to the system with total security. Login +is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to make modifications +to the system from this account. The personal directories are deleted at the +end of the session. This account is enabled by default, to disable it, click +in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest account</guimenu>.</para> +</section>
\ No newline at end of file |